TWI227144B - Sustained release matrix systems for highly soluble drugs - Google Patents

Sustained release matrix systems for highly soluble drugs Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI227144B
TWI227144B TW89121648A TW89121648A TWI227144B TW I227144 B TWI227144 B TW I227144B TW 89121648 A TW89121648 A TW 89121648A TW 89121648 A TW89121648 A TW 89121648A TW I227144 B TWI227144 B TW I227144B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
scope
patent application
item
drug
release
Prior art date
Application number
TW89121648A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Anand R Baichwal
Troy W Mccall
Li-Rong Liu
Steve Labudzinski
Original Assignee
Penwest Pharmaceuticals Compan
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Penwest Pharmaceuticals Compan filed Critical Penwest Pharmaceuticals Compan
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI227144B publication Critical patent/TWI227144B/en

Links

Abstract

Disclosed are sustained release oral solid dosage forms comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a medicament having a solubility of more than about 10 g/l; a pH modifying agent; and a sustained release matrix comprising a gelling agent, said gelling agent comprising a heteropolysaccharide gum and a homopolysaccharide gum capable of cross-linking said heteropolysaccharide gum when exposed to an environmental fluid, said dosage form providing a sustained release of said medicament after oral administration to human patients.

Description

1227144 Δ7 Α7 _ Β7___ 五、發明說明() 發明背景 控制釋放產物的優點在藥學領域裡已經是大家所習知 的,且其優點包括:能夠在相當較長的時間內,維持血液 中所需的藥物水平,同時藉由減少必須達到相同效果之用 藥次數而增進病患的配合度。以上所述的這些優點已經由 許多各種不同的方法達成,例如,不同的水凝膠系統已敘 述用於控制釋放藥物中,其中有一些是合成的,但絕大部 份是半合成或爲天然來源的。有一些則兼含合成物質與非 合成物質。但是’有一些水凝膠系統需要特別的生產方法 和特別的生產設備,再者,有一些水凝膠系統容許不同的 藥物釋放性。 口服式的控制釋放樂物傳送系統(oral controlled release delivery systems)必須精心調製,以便其釋放速率 及釋放模式能符合生理需求及藥療時段性需求。 就大部分而言,口服式的傳送系統已根據釋放的機制 而分類,例如零級、第一級、第二級、僞第一級(pseudo-first order) 以及類似者 ,雖然有許多醫藥化合物經由其他 複雜的機制來釋放藥物。 第一級機制係指其中反應速率依賴於反應物質的濃度 (且因此依賴反應物的第一功率)之情況。在這種機制中 ,該物質會直接分解成爲一個或多個產物。 第二級機制係發生在當反應的實驗測定速率與兩種反 應物每一個的濃度成正比或與一個反應物的濃度的第二功 率成正比之時。 3 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 一裝--------訂----------線一 1227144 A7 ____ B7__ 五、發明說明() 僞第一級反應(Pseudo first order reactions) —般係定 義爲表現爲雖然是由第一級機制所控制且發生在例如當一 種反應物質的量係由相較於其他物質而言大量存在於或保 持於一恆定的濃度而操控時之第二反應。在這種情況之下 ,反應速率係由所操控的物質而決定。 零級機制係指其中反應速率與反應物質的濃度無關( 且因此係賴反應物的零功率而定)之情況,其限制因子係 爲除反應物質(例如藥物)的濃度以外的其他者。舉例而 言,在零級機制中的限制因子可爲反應物質的溶解度或是 光化學反應中的光強度。 但是,如前所述,許多化學反應並非零級、第一級或 第二級以及類似者的簡單反應,反而是包含兩種或更多種 反應之一組合。 除此之外,其他因子可影響反應速率,包括溫度、P Η、食物作用的變化性、離子以及離子強度依賴性、黏度 依賴性、腐蝕/侵蝕變化性、內容物一致性的問題、流動 級重量一致性的問題、負載能力及機械強度的問題、水解 、光化學分解、成分間的相互作用(例如配方中藥物以及 其他成分之間的相互作用,如緩衝液、防腐劑,以及類似 者)、具低介電常數的溶劑之濃度(當反應牽涉到相反電 荷的離子時)等。 雖然許多控制釋放以及持續釋放的配方係爲已知的, 但是特定的可溶性至高度可溶性的藥物在當被加入於這類 配方中時呈現製成配方的困難性。具有可溶性藥物之持續 4 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -----------裝--------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1227144 A7 ___ B7 ____ 五、發明說明() 釋放的配方係易受於“劑量大量釋放(dose dumping) ”’ 此發生在當活性成分的釋放受到延遲時,但當釋放起始時 ,其速率相當地高。此提高的釋放速率係與血漿的變動有 關,其可能造成降低的治療作用或增加毒性,其等係爲持 續釋放配方所必須解決的相同問題。 此外,通常不可能容易預測一個特定的持續釋放配方 是否將提供對一種可溶性至高度可溶性的藥物而言所欲的 持續釋放。一般已發現必須進行相當多的實驗以得到提供 當攝取時這類藥物所欲的生物可利用性之持續釋放的配方 〇 爲了彌補與提供對一可溶性至高度可溶性藥物所欲的 持續釋放之控制釋放配方有關的不可預知性,有時認爲所 需要的是提供一種具有雙模式(bi-modal)或多相(multi-Phasic)動力學的配方。雙模式或多相釋放特徵可爲:當 劑型通過其中吸收爲最佳的小腸之上部分時一最初的高速 率,接著一較低速率,及最後當劑型進入腸之其中吸收性 比先前爲差的另外末端時另一較高的速率。 雙模式的釋放在一些理由上係被認爲有利的,包括但 非限於,雙模式的釋放使得製配方者彌補藉由提供一快速 起始作用而於胃腸道中的藥物吸收速率之改變(當配方位 於胃中時)以及彌補藉由提供一相當快速的釋放速率而造 成的相當低的吸收度(例如當配方位於大腸中時)。 到目前爲止,已有以一些不同方式提供雙模式釋放配 方。 5 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ------------^--------^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7 1227144 ____B7__ 五、發明說明() 舉例而言,國際公告案號W〇/ 8 7/00044係 敘述被認爲具有雙模式釋放特性的治療配方。WO 8 7/ 0 0 0 4 4係敘述一種用於在一固體劑量配方中的治療活 性藥物之載體基底物質,其被認爲會產生一種雙模式弄至 釋放型式,其特徵在於一藥物的快速最初釋放以及接著實 質上恆定之釋放一段時間的速率,在此之後釋放速率係高 於先前所觀察到的恆定速率。此載體爲基底的物質係包含 雙模式之羥基丙基甲基纖維素醚類,其具有1 9至3 0% 的甲氧基含量、4至1 2%的羥基丙氧基含量、4 0至1 9,0 0 0 c p s 的黏度、20,000 至 1 40,000 之 平均分子量,且其證實根據在此所敘述的分析方法之雙模 式型式。雙模式的羥基丙基甲基纖維素係包含基於配方總 重量之5至9 9 %,其視活性成分以及所欲藥物釋放長度 而定。 A.C.Shan等人之“口服藥物傳遞上表現雙模式控制釋 放之凝膠基質系統(Gel-Matrix Systems Exhibiting Bimodal Controlled Release For Oral Drug Delivery”, Jourrnal of Controlled Release),9 ( 1989),第 169-175 頁係進一步報導特定“種類”的羥基丙基甲基纖維素醚類被 發現顯示出一種雙模式的藥物釋放型式。然而,在該硏究 中,一系列的羥基丙基甲基纖維素醚聚合物被發現可提供 由聚合物-藥物及基質錠劑而來之雙模式及非雙模式的釋放 型式,其結果似乎是視聚合物供應者而定(以及因此係視 例如製造的方法、離子組成物、取代基分佈之變異或分子 6 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) I I I 1 I I I AW ·1111111 ^ ·11111.11 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7 1227144 B7 五、發明說明() 量部分之分佈而定)。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) P. Giunchedi等人之“由多重單位親水性基質而來之酮 普羅芬脈衝式吸收(Ketoprofen Pulsatile Absorption From ‘Multiple Unit’ Hydrophillic Matrices ) ’’ International1227144 Δ7 Α7 _ Β7 ___ V. Description of the invention () Background of the invention The advantages of controlled release products are already well known in the pharmaceutical field, and their advantages include: the ability to maintain blood in the blood for a relatively long time Drug levels, while increasing patient compliance by reducing the number of medications that must achieve the same effect. These advantages described above have been achieved by many different methods. For example, different hydrogel systems have been described for controlled release drugs. Some of them are synthetic, but most of them are semi-synthetic or natural. Source. Some include both synthetic and non-synthetic substances. But there are some hydrogel systems that require special production methods and special production equipment. Furthermore, there are some hydrogel systems that allow different drug release properties. Oral controlled release delivery systems must be carefully adjusted so that their release rate and release pattern can meet the physiological needs and periodical needs of the medication. For the most part, oral delivery systems have been classified based on the mechanism of release, such as zero, first, second, pseudo-first order, and the like, although there are many pharmaceutical compounds Drugs are released via other complex mechanisms. The first-level mechanism refers to the case where the reaction rate depends on the concentration of the reactant (and therefore the first power of the reactant). In this mechanism, the substance breaks down directly into one or more products. The secondary mechanism occurs when the experimentally determined rate of the reaction is directly proportional to the concentration of each of the two reactants or directly proportional to the second power of the concentration of one reactant. 3 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 x 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) ---- line one 1227144 A7 ____ B7__ 5. Description of the invention () Pseudo first order reactions (Pseudo first order reactions)-generally defined as manifesting as though it is controlled by the first-level mechanism and occurs when, for example, a reaction The amount of a substance is a second reaction when it is manipulated by being present in a large amount or remaining at a constant concentration compared to other substances. In this case, the reaction rate is determined by the substance being manipulated. The zero order mechanism refers to the case where the reaction rate is independent of the concentration of the reactant (and therefore depends on the zero power of the reactant), and its limiting factor is other than the concentration of the reactant (such as a drug). For example, the limiting factor in the zero-order mechanism can be the solubility of the reactive substance or the light intensity in a photochemical reaction. However, as mentioned earlier, many chemical reactions are not simple reactions of zero, first or second order, and the like, but instead consist of a combination of two or more reactions. In addition, other factors can affect the reaction rate, including temperature, PΗ, variability of food action, ionic and ionic strength dependence, viscosity dependence, corrosion / erosion variability, content consistency issues, flow grade Problems with weight consistency, problems with load capacity and mechanical strength, hydrolysis, photochemical decomposition, interactions between ingredients (such as the interaction of drugs and other ingredients in the formula, such as buffers, preservatives, and the like) Concentration of solvents with low dielectric constant (when reactions involve ions of opposite charge), etc. Although many controlled-release and sustained-release formulations are known, certain soluble to highly soluble drugs present difficulties in formulating when added to such formulations. Sustained drug with a continuous 4 paper size applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ----------- installation -------- order ---- ----- line (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 1227144 A7 ___ B7 ____ V. Description of the invention () The release formula is susceptible to "dose dumping" When the release of the active ingredient is delayed, but when the release starts, its rate is considerably higher. This increased release rate is related to changes in plasma, which may result in reduced therapeutic effects or increased toxicity, which are the same issues that must be addressed for sustained release formulations. In addition, it is often not easy to predict whether a particular sustained release formulation will provide the desired sustained release for a soluble to highly soluble drug. It has generally been found that considerable experimentation must be performed to obtain a sustained release formulation that provides the desired bioavailability of such drugs when ingested. To compensate for and provide a controlled release of a sustained to highly soluble drug as desired The unpredictability associated with formulations is sometimes considered to be necessary to provide a formulation with bi-modal or multi-Phasic kinetics. Bimodal or heterogeneous release characteristics can be: an initial high rate followed by a lower rate when the dosage form passes through the upper part of the small intestine where absorption is optimal, and finally when the dosage form enters the intestine the absorptivity is worse than before At the other end is another higher rate. Dual-mode release is considered beneficial for a number of reasons, including but not limited to, dual-mode release allows formulators to compensate for changes in the rate of drug absorption in the gastrointestinal tract by providing a rapid onset effect (when formulated When in the stomach) and to compensate for the relatively low absorption caused by providing a relatively fast release rate (for example when the formula is in the large intestine). So far, dual-mode release formulations have been provided in a number of different ways. 5 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ------------ ^ -------- ^ -------- -(Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) A7 1227144 ____B7__ V. Description of the Invention () For example, International Bulletin No. W0 / 8/7/00044 is a treatment that is considered to have dual-mode release characteristics formula. WO 8 7/0 0 0 4 4 describes a carrier base material for a therapeutically active drug in a solid-dose formulation, which is believed to produce a dual-mode release pattern, which is characterized by the rapidity of a drug The rate of initial release and then a substantially constant release over a period of time after which the release rate is higher than the previously observed constant rate. This carrier-based material is a bimodal hydroxypropyl methylcellulose ether having a methoxy content of 19 to 30%, a hydroxypropoxy content of 4 to 12%, and a range of 40 to 19,000 cps viscosity, average molecular weight from 20,000 to 1 40,000, and it confirms the dual mode version according to the analytical method described here. Bimodal hydroxypropyl methylcellulose contains 5 to 99% based on the total weight of the formulation, depending on the active ingredient and the desired drug release length. ACShan et al. "Gel-Matrix Systems Exhibiting Bimodal Controlled Release For Oral Drug Delivery", Jourrnal of Controlled Release, 9 (1989), 169-175 The page further reports that specific "kinds" of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose ethers were found to exhibit a dual-mode drug release pattern. However, in this study, a series of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose ether polymers were found to provide bimodal and nonbimodal release patterns from polymer-drug and matrix lozenges, and the results appear to be It depends on the polymer supplier (and therefore depends on, for example, the method of manufacture, ionic composition, variations in substituent distributions or molecules 6) This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) III 1 III AW · 1111111 ^ · 11111.11 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) A7 1227144 B7 V. Description of the invention () Depends on the distribution of the quantity). (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) P. Giunchedi et al. "Ketoprofen Pulsatile Absorption From‘ Multiple Unit ’Hydrophillic Matrices’ ’International

Journal of Pharmaceutics,77 ( 1991 ),第 177-181 頁係敘 述一種延長釋放的酮普羅芬(Ketoprofen) 口服配方,其 包含由四個相同組成的親水性基質所構成之多重單位配方 ,每一個單位係含有5 0毫克的藥物且以羥基丙基甲基纖 維素(Mathocel.RTM.)所製備,並被置於一明膠膠囊中。 可得到脈衝式(Pulsatile)血漿含量(在施予劑量之後第 二及第八小時的兩個高峰),但是活體外試驗則得到一相 當恆定的藥物釋放。 U. Conte等人之“一種新穎之怡布普羅芬之脈衝釋放口 服劑型(A New Ibuprofen Pulsed Release Oral Dosage Form)” ,Drug Development And Industrial Pharmacy,15 ( 14-16 ),第2583-2596頁( 1989)係報導由一種三層的錠劑中 得到脈衝釋放模式,其中兩層包括一藥物之劑量且中間層 作爲分離藥物層之控制元件。此控制元件是一種聚水可膨 脹性的聚合物(羥基丙基甲基纖維素)之混合物。一種不 可滲透性的外膜係塗覆於錠劑上,一種超級崩解劑(澱粉 葡萄糖酸鈉以及交聯的聚乙烯基吡咯烷酮)係包含於藥物 層中。 K· A. Kahn等人之“布魯芬延緩之醫藥方面以及活體內 表現--種怡布普羅芬SR基質淀劑(Pharmaceutical 7 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1227144 A7 _B7______ 五、發明說明()Journal of Pharmaceutics, 77 (1991), pp. 177-181 describes a prolonged release ketoprofen oral formulation containing a multiple unit formulation consisting of four hydrophilic mats of the same composition, each unit It contains 50 mg of the drug and is prepared with hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (Mathocel. RTM.) And placed in a gelatin capsule. Pulsatile plasma levels were obtained (two peaks at the second and eighth hours after dose administration), but in vitro tests resulted in a fairly constant drug release. U. Conte et al. "A New Ibuprofen Pulsed Release Oral Dosage Form", Drug Development And Industrial Pharmacy, 15 (14-16), pp. 2853-2596 ( 1989) reported that a pulsed release pattern was obtained from a three-layered lozenge, where two layers included a dose of a drug and the middle layer served as a control element to separate the drug layer. The control element is a mixture of water-swellable polymer (hydroxypropyl methylcellulose). An impermeable outer membrane is applied to the lozenge, and a super disintegrant (sodium starch gluconate and cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone) is contained in the drug layer. K. A. Kahn et al. "Pharmaceutical retardation and in vivo performance of Brufen's retardation-a kind of Ibuprofen SR matrix sediment (Pharmaceutical 7 This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 Mm) 1227144 A7 _B7______ 5. Description of the invention ()

Aspects And In-Vivo Performance Of Brufen Retard-An Ibuprofen SR Matrix Tablet ) ,5 j Proced. Intern. Symp. Control. Rel. Bioact. Mater. ? 19 ( 1991 ) ,Controlled Release Society,Inc.係敘述一種含有8 0 0毫克的怡布普 羅芬(ibuprofen)之配方,其被稱會提供一種雙模式的釋 放型式。其中所使用的釋放延遲劑係爲黃原膠(xanthan gum),將成分混合以得到適當的黃原膠含量,且之後被 加壓製成爲錠劑並以薄膜塗覆。其中所包括的黃原膠含量 係反面影響藥物釋放的速率。每個錠劑之藥物的粒徑或薄 膜塗覆的量增加不會顯著地影響藥物釋放的速率。雖然黃 原膠的粒徑增加會造成一種更顯著的爆發作用(burst effect),但是薄膜塗層的施用係克服這種爆發作用。藥物 的最初快速釋放係被假設與凝膠層形成的變化有關,其中 較大的顆粒凝膠化較緩慢且在一黏性的基質可形成之前脫 落。 在吾人的美國專利案第4,9 94,276、5,128, 143及5,135,757號(其已倂於本文以供參考)中 ,已報導一種由加乘性異質分散性(heterodisperse)多醣 類(例如,雜多醣如黃原膠與一可與該雜多醣交聯之多醣 膠如刺槐豆膠的組合)構成之控制釋放賦形劑可以處理製 成口服固體劑型,其藉著使用在加入藥物及潤滑劑粉末之 後直接加壓製得、以習知濕式製粒或兩者的組合而成。藥 物由配方其中的釋放係根據零級或第一級機制進行。 吾人所擁有的美國專利案第5,472,71 1及5,4 8 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -----------裝--------訂----------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7 1227144 ____B7______ 五、發明說明() (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 7 8,5 7 4號(在此倂於本文以供參考)係報導一種可以 提供一具治療活性的藥物於活體外多相(multi-phasic)或 二相(bi-phasic)控制的釋放之配方,其係藉由加入一有 效量的醫藥上可接受的介面活性劑以及上述的賦形劑而達 到。 用於本發明的高度可溶性藥物之一個實例係爲硫氮罩 酮(diltiazem),其係爲一種具有鈣拮抗活性之苯並瞳嗪 (benzothiazine)的衍生物,硫氮筆酮係被廣泛使用於治 療高血壓及心絞痛。因此,製備提供一可接受的釋放型式 之持續釋放的硫氮簞酮已獲得極大的注意。舉例而言,美 國專利案第 4,894,240 及 5,36 4,620 ( Goeghegan等人)係敘述一種適合用於每天施用一次之硫 氮簞酮九劑配方,此配方係包含一個硫氮肇酮核心以及一 有機酸,其由一不可溶的多層薄膜所包圍,此薄膜係使得 硫氮簞酮以一種允許在施用後控制吸收達2 4小時之速率 由九劑中釋放出來。 用於製備持續釋放的硫氮簞酮配方之其他技術已敘述 於先前技術中。例如,美國專利案第5,4 1 9,9 1 7 ( Chen等人)係敘述一種使用一醫藥上有效的可解離的化合 物而控制硫氮簞酮由一水凝膠中釋放的速率之組成物。 用於本發明中的一高度可溶性藥物之另一個實例係爲 奧昔布寧(oxybutynin )。奧昔布寧係廣泛地用於治療泌 尿疾病,例如過度活性的膀胱。吾人的美國專利案弟 5,399,359係揭示一種奧昔布寧的持續釋放配方,其包含一 9 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1227144 δ7 Ά/ ____Β7 __ 五、發明說明() 醫藥上有效量之分散於一種包含膠凝劑的持續釋放基質之 奧昔布寧、一有效量之醫藥上可接受的水溶性陽離子性交 聯劑以及一種惰性稀釋劑,該陽離子性交聯劑可在當配方 暴露於一環境液體例如胃腸液時與膠凝劑交聯。 發明目標及摘述 本發明的一個目標係在於提供一種對可溶性至高度可 溶性的治療活性藥物之具生物可利用性的持續釋放配方。 本發明的另一個目標係在於提供一種對可溶性至高度 可溶性的藥物可給予多相-或雙相的控制釋放之配方。 本發明的另一個目標係在於提供一種製備對可溶性至 高度可溶性的治療活性藥物之具生物可利用性的持續釋放 配方之方法。 本發明的另一個目標係在於提供一種可用於製備可溶 性至高度可溶性的治療活性藥物的持續釋放口服固體劑型 之持續釋放基質。 本發明的一個另外目標係在於提供一種適合用於提供 當與一藥物結合時持續釋放的配方之持續釋放基質,其提 供藥物之治療有效血液含量達例如1 2或2 4小時。 本發明的一個另外目標係在於提供一種硫氮筆酮的持 續釋放基質配方,其提供與商業上可得的持續釋放配方例 如Cardizem CD相似之血漿型式。 本發明的一個另外目標係在於提供~種奧昔布寧的持 續釋放基質配方,其提供與商業上可得的持續釋放配方例 如Ditropan XL相似之血漿型式。 10 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -----------裝--------訂----------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1227144 A7 __B7 ___ 五、發明說明() 上述的目標以及其他目標係藉由本發明來達到,其部 分與此驚人的發現有關,即加入一種P Η調整劑於一包含 膠凝劑的劑型中會加速藥物由此劑型中釋放出來並提供高 生物可利用性。 在特定的具體實施例中,持續釋放的口服固體劑型係 包含一治療上有效量之具有超過約10公克/公升溶解度 的藥物;一種ρ Η調整劑;以及一種包含一膠凝劑的持續 釋放基質,該膠凝劑包含一種雜多醣膠及一種在當暴露於 一環境液體時可與該雜多醣膠交聯之均多醣膠。較佳地, 該劑型係提供一種藥物持續釋放至少約1 2小時、較佳至 少約2 4小時。 在特定的具體實施例中,該劑型進一步包含a ) —種 醫藥上可接受的界面活性劑,其可提供藥物的多相釋放; b ) —種惰性稀釋劑,其選自例如單醣、雙醣、多元醇、 或其混合物;c ) 一種疏水性的物質,已減緩膠凝劑之水 核作用;以及/或d)—有效量之一種醫藥上可接受的可 解離的凝膠強度增強劑,其適合用於調整當此控制釋放配 方暴露於一環境液體時由所形成的凝膠中的釋放速率。在 一個較佳具體實施例中,本發明的配方包含一種錠劑。 在本發明的一個較佳具體實施例中,藥物對膠凝劑之 比率係較佳介於約1 〇 : 1至約X :丄〇之間,更佳爲介 於約5 : 1至約1 : 5之間,且最佳爲介於約1 . 2 5 ·· 1 至約2 : 1。 本發明也關於一種提供具有於水中高溶解度的藥物之 11 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -----------裝--------訂----------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7 1227144 _B7 _ 五、發明說明() (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 持續釋放配方之方法,其包含製備一種包含一含有雜多醣 膠及當暴露於一環境液體時可與該雜多醣膠交聯的均多醣 膠之膠凝劑的基質;及一種選擇性的可解離的凝膠強度增 強劑,一種選擇性的惰性醫藥稀釋劑;以及一種選擇性的 疏水性物質,並且之後加入一種可溶性至高度可溶性的藥 物、一種p Η調整劑以及一種選擇性之醫藥上可接受的界 面活性劑。隨後將所得到的混合物製錠,以得到一種具有 藥物對膠凝劑爲介於約1 0 : 1至1 : 1 〇、更佳爲介於 約5 : 1至約1 : 5之間、且最佳爲介於約1 .2 5 : 1至 約2:1的比率之產物,使得可在當該錠劑暴露於一環境 液體時形成一凝膠基質,且使得該等錠劑每一個包含治療 上有效量的藥物。所得到的錠劑係提供藥物之治療上有效 的血液含量至少約1 2小時,且較佳爲約2 4小時。 本發明係進一步關於一種藉由口服施用一如上所述的 口服固體劑型來治療患者之方法。 在本發明的特定較佳具體實施例中,基質可由一預先 製成顆粒的持續釋放賦形劑中製備而來,該賦形劑包含例 如約1 0至約9 9重量%的一種膠凝劑、約0至約2 0重 量%之一種可解離的凝膠強度增強劑、約1至約8 9重量 %的一種惰性醫藥稀釋劑、以及約1至約2 0重量%的一 種疏水性物質。 在另外的較佳具體實施例中,基質及惰性醫藥稀釋劑 的混合物係在加入藥物之前被製粒,其具有以一足夠減緩 基質水合而不會破壞水合之量存在之一疏水物質的分散液 12 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297公H " 1227144 B7 五、發明說明() 或溶液。 在另外的較佳具體實施例中,藥物的第一部份係在賦 形劑製粒期間加入,且藥物的第二部分係以特別製粒( extragranularly)的方式加入或在製粒步驟之後加入。這種 具體實施粒係提供藥物的最初快速的釋放。 在較佳具體實施例中,該藥物是高度可溶性的,亦即 具有超過約1 〇 〇公克/公升的溶解度。 在其他較佳具體實施例中,該藥物係包含一種鈣通道 阻斷劑,較佳爲一苯並噻嗪,最佳爲硫氮簞酮及其醫藥上 可接受的鹽類。 在其他較佳具體實施例中,該藥物係包含一種解痙劑 ,較佳爲奧昔布寧或其醫藥上可接受的鹽類。 所謂 ''持續釋放(sustained release) 〃,其在本發明 目的之意思係指:該治療活性物質是以控制的速率從配方 中釋放出來,使得該藥物在血液中之有療效藥物含量(但 低於有毒含量)能維持一段延長的時間,例如,至少約1 2小時或至少約2 4小時。 所謂 ''生物可利用性(bioavailabk) 〃 ,其在本發明 目的之意思係指:該治療活性藥物係由持續釋放配方中吸 收出來且在身體中需要藥物作用的位置上可獲得。 所謂〜可溶性的(soluble) 〃,其意思係指:治療活 性藥物具有超過每公升約1 0公克(公克/公升)之於水 的溶解度。 所謂 ''高度可溶性的(highly soluble) 〃,其意思係 13 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱1 ' -------------------訂----------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7 1227144 ____B7 _ 五、發明說明() 指:治療活性藥物具有超過每公升約1 0 0公克(公克/ 公升)之於水的溶解度。 所謂、'環境液體(environmental fluid) 〃,其在本發 明目的之意思係包含例如水溶液、或胃腸液。 所謂''pH調整劑〃一詞在本發明的目的上係表示降 低藥物解離的任何物質,以使得加速藥物由水凝膠基質中 釋放出來而進入溶液中。 所謂\'C max〃一詞在本發明的目的上係表示在施用 根據本發明的一劑型之後一藥物所得到的最大血漿濃度。 所謂''Tmax〃 一詞在本發明的目的上係表示在施用 一劑型至藥物達到Cmax之時所經過的時間。 所謂''W5G〃 一詞在本發明的目的上係表示藉由在C max的5 0%高度之時血漿濃度曲線寬度所測得的時間。 就本發明的目的而言,該劑型可具有雙模式動力學, 且因此所接式的劑型可具有多重Cmaxs、Tmaxs及W50。 圖式簡挪 下列圖示係爲本發明的具體實施例的例示且不表示在 限制申請專利範圍所包含之本發明的範疇。 圖1係爲實施例1及2的溶解度(隨時間的平均溶解 百分比)之圖示。 圖2係爲實施例3及4的溶解度(隨時間的平均溶解 百分比)之圖示。 圖3係爲實施例5及6的溶解度(隨時間的平均溶解 百分比)之圖示。 14 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297公釐) --------------------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1227144Aspects And In-Vivo Performance Of Brufen Retard-An Ibuprofen SR Matrix Tablet), 5 j Proced. Intern. Symp. Control. Rel. Bioact. Mater.? 19 (1991), Controlled Release Society, Inc. 0 mg of ibuprofen is formulated to be said to provide a dual-mode release profile. The release delaying agent used therein is xanthan gum, the ingredients are mixed to obtain an appropriate xanthan gum content, and then pressed into a tablet and coated with a film. The amount of xanthan gum included affects the rate of drug release. An increase in the particle size or film coating amount of the drug per lozenge does not significantly affect the rate of drug release. Although an increase in the particle size of xanthan gum causes a more significant burst effect, the application of a thin film coating overcomes this burst effect. The initial rapid release of the drug is assumed to be related to changes in gel layer formation, where larger particles gel more slowly and come off before a sticky matrix can be formed. In my U.S. Patent Nos. 4,9 94,276, 5,128,143, and 5,135,757 (which are incorporated herein by reference), a polydisperse heteropolydisperse has been reported (For example, a combination of a heteropolysaccharide such as xanthan gum and a polysaccharide gum such as locust bean gum that can be cross-linked with the heteropolysaccharide) can be processed into an oral solid dosage form by controlling the release of excipients, And lubricant powder, and then directly pressurized to obtain, by conventional wet granulation or a combination of the two. The drug is released from the formulation according to a zero-order or first-order mechanism. I own the US patent case Nos. 5,472,71 1 and 5,4 8 This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) ----------- installed- ------ Order ---------- line (please read the notes on the back before filling this page) A7 1227144 ____B7______ 5. Description of the invention () (Please read the notes on the back before filling (This page) No. 7, 8, 5 7 4 (herein incorporated by reference) reports a multi-phasic or bi-phasic control that can provide a therapeutically active drug in vitro The release formulation is achieved by adding an effective amount of a pharmaceutically acceptable surfactant and the above-mentioned excipients. One example of a highly soluble drug used in the present invention is diiltiazem, which is a derivative of benzothiazine with calcium antagonistic activity. Thiazone is widely used in Treatment of hypertension and angina. Therefore, great attention has been paid to the preparation of sustained release thiazepines which provide an acceptable release pattern. For example, U.S. Patent Nos. 4,894,240 and 5,36 4,620 (Goeghegan et al.) Describe a nine-dose formulation of azathione that is suitable for once-a-day administration. This formulation contains a thiazolone core and an organic Acid, which is surrounded by an insoluble multilayer film that releases azathione from nine doses at a rate that allows controlled absorption for 24 hours after application. Other techniques for the preparation of sustained-release azathione formulations have been described in the prior art. For example, U.S. Patent No. 5, 4 1 9, 9 1 7 (Chen et al.) Describes the use of a pharmaceutically effective dissociable compound to control the rate of release of azathione from a hydrogel Thing. Another example of a highly soluble drug for use in the present invention is oxybutynin. Oxybutyn is widely used to treat urinary diseases, such as overactive bladder. My U.S. patent case 5,399,359 reveals a sustained release formulation of oxybutynin, which contains a 9-paper size applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1227144 δ7 Ά / ____ Β7 __ V. DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION () A pharmaceutically effective amount of oxybutynin dispersed in a sustained release matrix containing a gelling agent, an effective amount of a pharmaceutically acceptable water-soluble cationic cross-linking agent and an inert diluent The crosslinker can be crosslinked with the gelling agent when the formulation is exposed to an environmental liquid such as a gastrointestinal fluid. OBJECTS AND SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION An object of the present invention is to provide a sustained release formulation with bioavailability for soluble to highly soluble therapeutically active drugs. Another object of the present invention is to provide a multi-phase or bi-phase controlled release formulation for soluble to highly soluble drugs. Another object of the present invention is to provide a method for preparing a bioavailable sustained-release formulation for a soluble to highly soluble therapeutically active drug. Another object of the present invention is to provide a sustained-release oral solid dosage form which can be used to prepare a sustained-release oral solid dosage form of a soluble to highly soluble therapeutically active drug. Another object of the present invention is to provide a sustained release matrix suitable for providing a sustained release formulation when combined with a drug, which provides a therapeutically effective blood content of the drug for, for example, 12 or 24 hours. A further object of the present invention is to provide a sustained release matrix formulation of azathioneone which provides a plasma type similar to a commercially available sustained release formulation such as Cardizem CD. Another object of the present invention is to provide a sustained release matrix formulation of oxybutynin, which provides a plasma type similar to a commercially available sustained release formulation such as Ditropan XL. 10 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ----------- installation -------- order --------- -Line (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 1227144 A7 __B7 ___ V. Description of the invention () The above objectives and other objectives are achieved by the present invention, part of which is related to this amazing discovery, that is, adding a P Η modifiers in a dosage form containing a gelling agent will accelerate drug release from this dosage form and provide high bioavailability. In a specific embodiment, a sustained-release oral solid dosage form comprises a therapeutically effective amount of a drug having a solubility of more than about 10 grams per liter; a rhodamine modifier; and a sustained-release matrix comprising a gelling agent. The gelling agent includes a heteropolysaccharide gum and a homopolysaccharide gum that can be cross-linked with the heteropolysaccharide gum when exposed to an environmental liquid. Preferably, the dosage form provides a sustained release of the drug for at least about 12 hours, and preferably at least about 24 hours. In a specific embodiment, the dosage form further comprises a) a pharmaceutically acceptable surfactant, which can provide multi-phase release of the drug; b) an inert diluent selected from, for example, monosaccharide, disaccharide Sugars, polyols, or mixtures thereof; c) a hydrophobic substance that has slowed the water core effect of the gelling agent; and / or d) an effective amount of a pharmaceutically acceptable dissociable gel strength enhancer It is suitable for adjusting the release rate from the formed gel when the controlled release formulation is exposed to an environmental liquid. In a preferred embodiment, the formulation of the invention comprises a lozenge. In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the ratio of the drug to the gelling agent is preferably between about 10: 1 to about X: 丄 〇, and more preferably between about 5: 1 to about 1: 5 and preferably between about 1.2 5 ·· 1 to about 2: 1. The present invention also relates to a method of providing a drug having high solubility in water. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). ---- Order ---------- line (please read the notes on the back before filling this page) A7 1227144 _B7 _ 5. Description of the invention () (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this Page) A method for a sustained release formulation comprising preparing a matrix comprising a gellant containing a heteropolysaccharide gum and a homopolysaccharide gum that can be crosslinked with the heteropolysaccharide gum when exposed to an environmental liquid; and a selective Dissociable gel strength enhancer, a selective inert pharmaceutical diluent; and a selective hydrophobic substance, followed by the addition of a soluble to highly soluble drug, a peptone modifier, and a selective pharmaceutical Acceptable surfactant. The resulting mixture is then tabletted to obtain a drug-to-gelling agent having a ratio between about 10: 1 to 1:10, more preferably between about 5: 1 to about 1: 5, and The product is preferably a ratio between about 1.2 5: 1 to about 2: 1 such that a gel matrix can be formed when the lozenge is exposed to an environmental liquid, and such that each of the lozenges contains A therapeutically effective amount of a drug. The resulting lozenges provide a therapeutically effective blood content of the drug of at least about 12 hours, and preferably about 24 hours. The invention further relates to a method for treating a patient by oral administration of an oral solid dosage form as described above. In a particularly preferred embodiment of the present invention, the matrix may be prepared from a pre-formed, sustained release excipient that contains, for example, about 10 to about 99% by weight of a gelling agent. , About 0 to about 20% by weight of a dissociable gel strength enhancer, about 1 to about 89% by weight of an inert pharmaceutical diluent, and about 1 to about 20% by weight of a hydrophobic substance. In another preferred embodiment, the mixture of the matrix and the inert pharmaceutical diluent is granulated before the drug is added, and it has a dispersion of a hydrophobic substance present in an amount sufficient to slow the hydration of the matrix without disrupting the hydration. 12 This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 x 297 male H " 1227144 B7. V. Description of the invention) or solution. In another preferred embodiment, the first part of the drug is in The excipient is added during granulation, and the second part of the drug is added in an extragranularly manner or after the granulation step. This specific implementation of the granulation system provides the initial rapid release of the drug. In a specific embodiment, the drug is highly soluble, that is, it has a solubility of more than about 100 grams per liter. In other preferred embodiments, the drug contains a calcium channel blocker, preferably one Benzothiazine, most preferably thiazepine and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts. In other preferred embodiments, the drug contains an antispasmodic agent, preferably Austria Xibutin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The so-called `` sustained release '' 〃, for the purpose of the present invention, means that the therapeutically active substance is released from the formulation at a controlled rate, so that The effective drug content (but lower than the toxic content) of the drug in the blood can be maintained for an extended period of time, for example, at least about 12 hours or at least about 24 hours. The so-called `` bioavailabk '' ,, For the purposes of the present invention, it means that the therapeutically active drug is absorbed from a sustained release formulation and is available at a location in the body where drug action is needed. So-called soluble 〃, which means: treatment The active drug has a solubility in water of more than about 10 grams per liter (g / litre). The so-called `` highly soluble '' 〃, which means 13 paper standards are applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications ( 210 X 297 Public Love 1 '------------------- Order ---------- Line (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page ) A7 1227144 ____B7 _ V. Invention () Means: The therapeutically active drug has a solubility in water of more than about 100 grams per liter (g / liter). The so-called "environmental fluid", which for the purpose of the present invention includes, for example, an aqueous solution, Or gastrointestinal fluid. For the purposes of the present invention, the term `` pH adjuster '' means any substance that reduces the dissociation of a drug so that it accelerates the release of the drug from the hydrogel matrix into the solution. The so-called \ 'C max The term 〃 means for the purposes of the present invention the maximum plasma concentration obtained by a drug after administration of a dosage form according to the invention. The term `` Tmax '' is used for the purpose of the present invention to mean the time elapsed from the time when a dosage form is administered until the drug reaches Cmax. The term `` W5G '' means for the purposes of the present invention the time measured by the width of the plasma concentration curve at a height of 50% of Cmax. For the purposes of the present invention, the dosage form may have dual-mode kinetics, and thus the attached dosage form may have multiple Cmaxs, Tmaxs, and W50. The following diagrams are illustrations of specific embodiments of the present invention and do not represent the scope of the present invention which is included in the scope of limited patent applications. Figure 1 is a graphical representation of the solubility (average percentage of dissolution over time) of Examples 1 and 2. Figure 2 is a graphical representation of the solubility (average percentage of dissolution over time) of Examples 3 and 4. Figure 3 is a graphical representation of the solubility (average percentage of dissolution over time) of Examples 5 and 6. 14 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 x 297 mm) -------------------- Order --------- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 1227144

五、發明說明( 圖4係爲實施例7及8的溶解度(隨時間的平均溶解 百分比)之圖示。 圖5係爲實施例9及1 0的溶解度(隨時間的平均溶 解百分比)之圖示。 圖6係爲實施例1 1及1 2的溶解度(隨時間的平均 溶解百分比)之圖示。 匱1 7係爲實施例1 1及1 2之隨時間的%釋放速率之 圖示。 圖8係爲實施例1 3及1 8的溶解度(隨時間的平均 溶解百分比)之圖示。 圖9係爲實施例1 9及2 0的溶解度(隨時間的平均 i谷解百分比)之圖示。 圖1 0係爲實施例2 1 — 2 3的溶解度(隨時間的平 均溶解百分比)之圖示。 圖1 1係爲實施例2 4以及一參考標準物(Cardizem CD2 4 0毫克)之隨時間的硫氮箪酮平均血漿濃度之圖示 〇 圖1 2係爲實施例2 5以及一參考標準物(Cardizem CD2 4 0毫克)之隨時間的硫氮罩酮平均血漿濃度之圖示 〇 圖1 3係爲實施例2 6及2 7的溶解度(隨時間的平 均溶解百分比)之圖示。 圖14係爲實施例3 7 (隨時間的平均溶解百分比) 以及一參考標準物(DitropanXL)的溶解度之比較圖示。 15 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ------------裝--------訂----------線 (請先M讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1227144 A7 ______B7____ 五、發明說明() 發明詳述 本發明的持續釋放基質可爲一種異質分散性賦形劑( 如先前報導於無人的美國專利案第4,9 9 4,2 7 6、5, 128,143及5,135,757號),其可包含一種表 現出加乘性的雜多醣膠與均多醣膠兩者之膠凝劑,例如兩 種或更多的多醣膠之組合係產生比該等膠單獨一種所可預 期者較高的黏性以及較快的水合作用,所得到的凝膠會較 快形成且更爲堅硬。 用於本發明中的、、雜多醣〃一詞係定義爲一種水溶性 多醣’其含有兩種或兩種以上的糖類單元,該雜多醣含有 支鏈或螺旋構型,並具有優越的水芯給(water-wicking) 性質與浸泡增稠(immense thickening)性質。 一種特別較佳之雜多醣係爲黃原膠,其爲一種高分子 量(> 10 6 )的雜多醣。其它較佳的雜多醣包括黃原膠的 衍生物,如去醯化黃原膠、羧甲基乙醚、及丙二醇酯。 本發明所使用之能夠與雜多醣交聯之均多醣膠包括: 半乳糖甘露聚糖(galactomannans),亦即,純粹由甘露糖 及半乳糖所構成之多醣。具有高比例的未經取代甘露糖部 份之半乳糖甘露聚糖已發現能達成與雜多醣更多的相互作 用。與其它半乳糖甘露聚糖例如瓜爾膠(guar)和羥丙基 瓜爾膠相較,具有較高比例的甘露糖對半乳糖之刺槐豆膠 係爲特別較佳。 當雜多醣膠對均多醣物質之比例爲約1 : 1.5時,則 本發明之控制釋放配方的控制釋放性質可爲最佳,雖然以 16 P氏張尺度$用中國國家標準\cNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ^ ' I 丨 I--------·1111111 ^ 0 I I------I AW (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1227144 A7 ___B7 五、發明說明() 異質分散性多醣物質重量之約1 〇至約9 〇%或更高的量 存在之雜多醣膠可提供一種可接受之緩慢釋放的產物。任 何已知在暴露於水溶液時會產生加乘效果的均多醣膠之組 合可根據本發明使用。本發明之醣膠組合所存在之此類加 乘效果,亦可能發生於兩個均多醣之間,或兩個雜多醣之 間。可使用於本發明之其它可接受的膠凝劑尙包括那些此 技術上習知的膠凝劑。實例包括··藻朊酸鹽、角叉菜膠、 果膠、瓜爾膠、改良澱粉、羥丙基甲基纖維素、甲基纖維 素、及其它纖維物質,如羧甲基纖維素鈉與羥丙基纖維素 。此所列名單並無限制之意。 持續釋放的賦形劑的惰性稀釋劑較佳係包含一種醫藥 上可接受之糖類,包括:單醣、雙醣、或多元醇、及/或 前述物質之任一混合物。適當之惰性醫藥用塡充劑的例子 有:蔗糖、右旋糖、乳糖、微晶纖維素、瓜爾膠、果糖、 木醣醇、山梨糖醇、澱粉、其等之混合物及類似物。但是 ,最好是使用可溶性醫藥用塡充劑,例如:乳糖、右旋糖 、蔗糖、或其等混合物。或者,此惰性稀釋劑或塡充劑可 包含一種如下所述預先製造之直接加壓製得的稀釋劑。 舉例而言,可以將持續釋放賦形劑的成分經乾式混合 而不使用一濕式製粒步驟,此步驟可被使用在例如當活性 成分直接加入持續釋放賦形劑的成分時一濕式製粒將被完 成之情況。在另一方面,此步驟也可被使用在未曾計鼙任 何濕式製粒步驟之情況。若混合物將以不需要一濕式製粒 步驟的方式被製造且最終混合物將被製成錠劑時,較佳楚 Π 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) --------------------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1227144 A7 ____B7_____ 五、發明說明() 所有或部分的惰性稀釋劑包含一種預先製造之直接加壓製 的稀釋劑,這類直接加壓製的稀釋劑係廣泛用於醫藥技藝 中,且可由許多商業來源獲得,這類預先製造之直接加壓 製的賦形劑包括Emococel® (微晶狀纖維素,N.F·), Emdex® (右旋糖酯,N · F .),以及Tab-Fine® (—些直接 加壓製的糖類,包括蔗糖、果糖及右旋糖),所有上述物 質皆可商業上獲得自 Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co·, Patterson,New York。其他直接加壓製得的稀釋劑包括得 自 Sheffield Chemical,Union,N. J. 07083 之無水的乳糖( 乳糖N · F ·,無水直接製錠);得自Degussa,D-600 Frankfurt (Main) Germany 之 Elcems® G-250 (粉末狀的纖 維素,N.F.);得自 Foremost Whey Products,Banaboo, WI 53913 之 Fast-Flo Lactose® (乳糖,N.F ·,噴霧乾燥) ;得自 Grain Processing Corp·,Muscatine,ΙΑ 52761 之 Maltrin® (聚集成塊的麥芽糖糊精);得自Roquet Corp·, 645 5th Ave·,New York,Ν·Υ. 10022 之 Neosorb 60⑧(山梨 糖醇,N · F ·,直接加壓製得):得自Ingredient Technology,Inc·,Pennsauken,N. J· 08110 之 Nu-Tab® (可 加壓製得的糖類,N.F.);得自GAF Coi*p·,New York, Ν· Y. 10020 之 Polyplasdone® (Crospovidone,N.F·,交 聯的聚乙稀卩比略院酮):得自Generichem Corp·,Little Falls,Ν· J. 07424 之 Primojel® (澱粉葡萄糖酸鈉,N · F ·, 翔基甲基澱粉);得自 Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co., Patterson,Ν· Y. 10512 之 Solka Floe⑧(纖維素絮狀物,Ν· 18 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 χ 297公釐) —-----------------^---------^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7 1227144 __B7__ 五、發明說明() F·);得自 Foremost Whey Products,Banaboo, WI 53913 以及DMV Corp·,Vehgel,Holland之噴霧乾燥的乳糖® (乳 糖,N · F ·,噴霧乾燥);以及得自Colorcon,Inc.,West Point,PA 19486 之 Sta-Rx 1500® (澱粉 1500)(預先明膠 化的澱粉,N.F.,加壓製得)。 一般而言,配方可以一直接加壓製得的稀釋劑的方式 來製備,例如藉由將噴霧乾燥的乳糖進行濕式製粒,或藉 由此技術中已知的方法以一預混合的直接加壓製得稀釋劑 來製備。 在特定的具體實施例中,持續釋放的賦形劑之成份可 預先被製造。但是,在其他具體實施例中,可將活性藥物 加入於賦形劑成份中且將該混合物熔化melt製粒而形成粒 狀物(gramxlaticm)。最後,當使用一界面活性劑之時, 包含硫氮簞酮及或奧昔布寧之溶解的或分散的界面活性劑 可直接被加入成份混合物中。 在本發明的其他具體實施例中,與本發明的持續釋放 醫藥賦形劑共同使用之直接加壓製得的惰性稀釋劑係爲一 種增加的微晶纖維素,如揭示在J. Staniforth,B. Sherwood 及E. Hunter於1995年1月9日申請且以“具有增進壓縮性 的醫藥賦形劑(Pharmaceutical Excipient Having Improved compressibility )爲名之美國專利申請案序列號〇8 / 370,576,其在此完整地倂於本文以供參考。其中所敘述之 增加的微晶纖維素係以“Prosolv”商標名可商業上得自 Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co. 〇 19 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 χ 297公釐) -------------1------訂---------線 1^^· (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7 1227144 _B7 晒· 麵·__-_ ' 1 "1 ·ΝΙ_細ΐ1·1 — ' - —一 五、發明說明() (請先53讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) •-有效量之醫藥上可接受的界面活性劑也可加入上述 的賦形劑成份中,或在藥物加入之時加入,以增加藥物的 生物可利用性。一種適合的界面活性劑之實例係爲多庫酯 鈉(docusate sodium),其係以固體劑型重量之達約1 5 %的量存在。一重特別較佳的界面活性劑係爲月桂基硫酸 鈉其係以固體劑型重量之達約1 5%的量存在。 在一個具體實施例中,界面活性劑係溶解於一合適的 溶劑例如水中,且之後加入持續釋放的賦形劑與藥物的混 合物中,此使得界面活性劑可將賦形劑的顆粒濕潤,以使 得當溶劑將藥物顆粒蒸發時沉澱物爲小的且不會聚集。可 得到爲較佳細微地且均質地分散於賦形劑中之藥物及界面 活性劑的粒狀物。 在本發明的特定具體實施例中,例如其中藥物爲硫氮 筆酮及或奧昔布寧,界面活性劑是以最終產物重量的約1 %至約5 %、或由約1 %至約1 5 %之量加入,但是,所 包含的界面活性劑之上限可局於1 5 %。一個限制因子係 爲該最終產物需要提供一種醫藥上可接受的配方,舉例而 言,在錠劑的情況時,所包含的界面活性劑量的上限係由 一醫藥上可接受的錠劑之生產而定,例如具有低於約1 % 的易脆性及6至8公斤硬度之錠劑。 可用於本發明的界面活性劑一般包括醫藥上可接受的 陰離子界面活性劑、陽離子界面活性劑、兩性(兩親性的 /親雙性的)界面活性劑以及非離子性界面活性劑。合適 之醫藥上可接受的陰離子界面活性劑係包括例如單價的烷 20 ^紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ~ A7 1227144 _____B7__ 五、發明說明() (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 基羧酸酯、醯基乳醯酯、烷基醚羧酸酯、N-醯基肌胺酸酯 、多價的烷基碳酸酯、N-醯基榖胺酸酯glutamates、脂肪 酸-多肽縮合物、硫酸酯、烷基硫酸酯(包括月桂基硫酸鈉 (SLS))、乙氧化烷基硫酸酯、酯連接磺酸酯(包括多 庫酯鈉(docusate sodium)或二辛基號拍酸鈉(DSS)) 、α烯族磺酸酯、以及磷酸化的以氧化醇類。 合適之醫藥上可接受的陽離子界面活性劑包括例如單 烷基四級銨鹽、二烷基四級銨化合物、胺基胺、以及胺基 亞胺。 合適之醫藥上可接受的兩性(兩親性的/親雙性的) 界面活性劑包括例如Ν-經取代的烷基胺、Ν-經取代的甜菜 鹼(betaines)、磺基甜菜鹼、以及Ν-烷基6-胺基丙酸酯 〇 用於與本發明共同使用之其他合適的界面活性劑包括 呈酯或醚類之聚乙二醇。實例包括聚乙氧化的蓖麻油、聚 乙氧化的氫化蓖麻油、聚乙氧化之來自蓖麻油的脂肪酸、 或聚乙氧化之來自蓖麻油的脂肪酸或聚乙氧化之來自氫化 蓖麻油的脂肪酸。可使用之上頁上可獲得的界面活性劑係 以 Cremophor、Myrj、Polyoxyl 40 硬脂酸酯、Emerest 2675、Lipal 395以及PEG 3350商標名爲已知。 p Η調整劑會促進藥物自基質中之釋放,且以最終劑 型重量之由約1 %至約5 0%、由約1 %至約2 5%、由 約1%至約15%、或由約1 %至約10%之量存在。在 較佳的具體實施例中,該ρ Η調整劑係爲一種有機酸,例 21 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) A7 1227144 __B7 ____ 五、發明說明() 如檸檬酸、琥珀酸、反丁烯二酸、蘋果酸、馬來酸、戊二 酸或乳酸。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -線 選擇性地與本發明共同使用之可解離的凝膠強度增強 劑可爲單價或多價金屬陽離子。較佳的鹽類爲無機鹽,包 括各種鹼金屬及/或鹼土金屬的硫酸鹽、氯化物、硼酸鹽 、溴化物、檸檬酸鹽、醋酸鹽、乳酸鹽等。合適之可解離 的凝膠強度增強劑的特定實例包括:硫酸鈣、氯化鈉、硫 酸鉀、碳酸鈉、氯化鋰、磷酸三鉀、硼酸鈉、溴化鉀、氟 化鉀、碳酸氫鈉、氯化銘·、氯化鍤、檸檬酸鈉、醋酸鈉、 乳酸鈣、硫酸鎂及氟化鈉。多價金屬陽離子亦可使用於本 發明。但是,較加之可解離的凝膠強度增強劑係爲二價的 。特別較佳的鹽類是硫酸鈣與氯化鈉。本發明之可解離的 凝膠強度增強劑係以由於膠凝劑(如雜多醣膠與均多醣膠 )的交聯作用而有效獲得所需之加強凝膠強度的量來添加 。在另一些具體實施例中,可解離的凝膠強度增強劑係包 含於本發明之持續釋放的賦形劑中,以持續釋放賦形齊||重 量計之介於約1 %至約2 0 %之量,且以最終劑型重量之 介於約0 · 5 %至約1 6 %之間之量存在。 .在本發明的特定較佳具體實施例中,本發明的持,續釋 放基質係包含一種持續釋放賦形劑,其包含約1 Q至,約g 9重量%之含有雜多醣膠及均多醣膠的一種膠凝劑、約〇 至約2 0重星%之一種可解離凝膠強度增強劑、以及約1 至約8 9重星%之一種惰性醫樂稀釋劑。在其他具_實施 例中,持續釋放賦形劑包含約1 0至約7 5.重量%之膠凝 22 $紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) "-—-- 1227144 • A7 ---------B7____ 五、發明說明() 劑、約2至約1 5重量%之可解離凝膠強度增強劑、及約 3 0至約7 5重量%之惰性醫藥稀釋劑。在另外其他具體 實施例中,持續釋放賦形劑含有約3 0至約7 5重量%之 膠凝劑、約5至約1 0重量%之可解離的凝膠強度增強劑 、及約1 5至約6 5重量%之惰性醫藥稀釋劑。 本發明之持續釋放賦形劑(無論是否有選擇性添加可 解離的凝膠強度增強劑)可藉著納入一種疏水性物質而進 一步改良其性質,該疏水性物質會降低膠的水合作用而不 致於干擾到親水性基質。在本發明的其他具體實施例中, 此點係在摻入藥物之前,以一疏水性物質之分散液或溶液 將持續釋放賦形劑製成顆粒狀而達成。疏水性聚合物可以 選自烷基纖維素,例如乙基纖維素、其它疏水性纖維物質 、衍生自丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯之聚合物或共聚物、丙 烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯之共聚物、玉米朊、蠟、蟲膠、氫 化之蔬菜油、以及任何其它技術上習知之醫藥上可接受的 疏水性物質。加入持續釋放賦形劑之疏水性物質的量,係 使得它能有效減緩膠的水合作用,但又不致於干擾到暴露 於環境液體時所形成的親水性基質。在本發明的特定較佳 具體實施例中,疏水性物質加入於持續釋放賦形劑的量係 爲約1至約2 0重量%。疏水性物質的溶劑可爲水性溶劑 或有機溶劑,或二者的混合物。 在具體實施例中,當本發明持續釋放賦形劑已預先製 造之時,則可能將該持續釋放賦形劑與藥物混合於例如一 高剪切力混合器。在某些特別較佳的具體實施例中,藥物 23 本紙張尺度適用標準(CNS)A4 i格(210 x 297公爱) 一 -------------% (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂---------線 1227144 A7 _____ B7___ 五、發明說明() 係爲一種有效用於治療循環性疾病及高血壓之苯並噻嗪, 一種特別較佳的二氫吡啶係爲硫氮箪酮。硫氮罩酮之有效 配方一般係包括由約3 0至約5 0 0毫克、較佳爲由約1 2 ◦毫克至約4 8 0毫克之每日劑量。在本發明的特定較 佳具體實施例中,用於2 4小時配方之劑型係包括硫氮肇 酮的一劑量,其量爲1 2 0毫克、1 8 0毫克、2 4 0毫 克、或3 0 0毫克;用於1 2小時配方之劑量係爲6 0毫 克、9 0毫克以及1 2 0毫克之量。 在特定其他較佳的具體實施例中,藥物係爲奧昔布寧 ,其有效用於治療泌尿疾病。奧昔布寧的有效配方用於1 2小時配方上通常包括由約2 ·5毫克至約5 0毫克、例如 由約2.5毫克至約2 5毫克之每日劑量,且用於2 4小時 配方尙包括由約5毫克至約5 0毫克之每日劑量。 在混合物被壓縮成爲固體劑型例如錠劑之前,一有效 量之任何一般接受的醫藥潤滑劑包括鈣或鎂皂係較佳地加 入成份之混合物中。—種合適的潤滑劑之實例係爲硬脂酸. 鎂,其係以基於固體劑型的重量之約0.5至約3 %的量存 在。一種特別較佳的潤滑劑係爲硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉,Ν F,其爲商業上可獲得自Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co·公司 之商標名Pruv®。 本發明之持續釋放賦形劑在一不同顆粒大小分佈範圍 內係具有一致的裝塡(packing)特性,且可以在加入藥物 及潤滑粉末後採用直接加壓製的方式、或者採用傳統濕式 製粒的方式而製成最終劑型(例如,錠劑),。 24 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) - I--I I I I 訂·-------- · 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱〉 1227144 .A7 ___B7 _ 五、發明說明() 根據本發明所製備之特定賦形劑系統之性質與特性部 份係視組成的均多醣與雜多醣的個別性質而定,在聚合物 溶解度、玻璃轉化溫度等方面,以及不同的均多醣與雜多 醣之間的加乘性,以及改良溶解液體與賦形劑間的相互作 用上之均多醣與雜多醣之間及惰性醣類成份之加乘性而定 0 膠凝劑(即黃原膠與刺槐豆膠的混合物)與惰性稀釋 劑的組合·,無論是否添加可解離的凝膠強度增強劑及疏水 性聚合物,能提供一種立即可使用之持續釋放賦形劑產物 ,其中調配者只需要將所欲的活性藥物、p Η調整劑、界 面活性劑以及選擇性的潤滑劑與賦形劑混合,然後把混合 物加壓製成緩慢釋出的錠劑。該賦形劑可包含膠與一可溶 性賦形劑的物理摻合物(admix),該可溶性賦形劑例如可 加壓製之蔗糖、乳糖、或右旋糖,雖然最好是以純蔗糖、 純乳糖、或純右旋糖(即,結晶狀態者)等將膠製成顆粒 或集結成塊以形成賦形劑。顆粒形式具有某些優點,包括 其能使流動性與壓縮性最佳化;其可以被製成錠劑、於膠 囊中製成配方、擠出並與活性藥物做成圓形而形成小藥九 等。 根據本發所製備之醫藥賦形劑可以利用任何集結技術 製備,以得到可接受之賦形劑產物。在濕式製粒的技術中 ,是把所欲之份量的雜多醣膠、均多醣膠、及惰性稀釋劑 一起混合,且之後加入潮濕劑,例如水、丙二醇' 甘油、 醇類、或類似物,以製成潮濕化團塊。接著,將潮濕化的 25 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) |裝--------訂----------線 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1227144 Δ7 Α7 _ 一 _Β7 _ 五、發明說明() 團塊乾。利用傳統設備將已乾燥的團塊磨成顆粒。因此 ,賦形劑產物係直接可使用。 預先製造之持續釋放賦形劑係較佳爲自由流動且可直 接加壓製的。因此,賦形劑可以按所需之比例,與具有治 療活性的藥物及選擇性的潤滑劑混合(乾式製粒法)。或 者’可以把全部或部份賦形劑與活性成份一同進行濕式顆 粒製法’之後再製成錠劑。當欲製備的最終產物是錠劑時 ,則接著以足以製成一批均勻的錠劑之份量存在的整份混 合物,在正常的加壓壓力(即約2000〜1600磅/ 平方英吋)下,投入傳統的生產等級製錠機,以製成錠劑 。但是,混合物不得加壓到會造成後續暴露於胃液時仍難 以進行水合作用的程度。 作爲一種製造錠劑的方法,直接加壓法的一項限制在 於錠劑的大小。如果活性成份的份量偏高,製藥配方者可 選擇採用濕式製粒法將活性成份與其它賦形劑製成顆粒, 以獲得具有正確的緊密強度之相當大小的錠劑。通常,濕 式顆粒製法所需的塡充劑/結合劑或賦形劑之量係比直接 加壓製造的方式來得少,這是因爲濕式顆粒製法的過程, 就某個程度而言,已提供了一些錠劑所需的物理性質。 當藥物爲硫氮簞酮時,圓形錠劑的平均錠劑大小較佳 是介於約3 0 0毫克至約7 5 0毫克之間,且膠囊狀錠劑 則是介於約7 0 0毫克至1,〇 〇 〇毫克之間。 本發明之顆粒化賦形劑的平均顆粒大小範圍較佳介於 約5 0微米至約4 0 0微米之間,且較好是介於約1 8 5 26 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) --------^---------線 1227144 A7 ------ B7__ 五、發明說明() 微米至約2 6 5微米之間。顆粒的粒子大小並不是那麼嚴 格的限制,且重要的參數是:顆粒的平均粒子大小必須能 .允許生成直接可加壓的賦形劑,以形成醫藥上可接受之錠 劑。本發明之顆粒所需之緊密度與鬆密度通常是介於約0· 3至約0.8公克/毫升,平均密度則爲約0.5至約0.7 公克/毫升。就最佳效果而言,本發明之顆粒製法所製成 的錠劑具有介於約5至約2 0公斤的硬度。依本發明所製 備的顆粒的平均流出率約爲每秒約2 5至約4 0克。利用 裝有儀器的旋轉式製錠機所壓密的錠劑,已發現具有不受 惰性醣成份影響的強度結構。大量錠劑表面的掃描電子顯 微照片已提供加壓時造成大量的塑性變形之定性證據,其 發生在錠劑表面及橫跨裂開的表面兩者上,也顯示表面孔 洞的證據,經由這些孔洞,可能發生最初的溶劑滲入與溶 液滲出。 在本發明的某些具體實施例中,錠劑係以一足量的疏 水性聚合物塗覆,以使得配方能夠進一步調節藥物之釋出 。包含於錠劑塗覆層的疏水性聚合物,與選擇性用來把持 久賦形劑製成顆粒的疏水性聚合物相較,可以是相同的物 質’也可以是不同的物質。 在本發明的其它具體實施例中,錠劑塗覆層可包含一 層腸衣(enteric)塗覆物質,以附加於或取代疏水性聚合 物塗覆層。適當的腸衣聚合物的實例包括:醋酸纖維素酞 酸酯、羥丙基甲基纖維素駄酸酯、醋酸聚乙烯故酸酯、甲 基丙烯酸共聚物、蟲膠、羥丙基甲基纖維素琥珀酸酯、醋 27 S—— 不紙張又國國家標"?—(CNS)A—4規格(210 X 297公釐) '—~^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) π裝 n 11 n- flu f n n ·ϋ m 線 A7 1227144 _ B7___ 五、發明說明() 酸纖維素三苯六羧酸鹽、及任何上述的混合物。適合的市 面上有販售的腸衣物質的例子是一種商標名爲Eudragit™ L30D55的物質。 在另一些具體實施例中,劑型可以親水性塗覆物來塗 覆,以附加於或取代上述塗覆物。可用於這類親水性塗覆 物的適當物質的實例子係爲經丙基甲基-纖維素(例如, 賓州西點Colorcon公司市面上出售之Opadry)。 塗覆物可以那些此技術習知之任何一醫藥上可接受的 方式施用。例如,在一個實施例中,塗覆物是經由一個流 體化床或於一個塗覆盤中施用。舉例而言,塗覆錠劑可於 約6 0至7 0°C的溫度下,在塗覆盤中乾燥約3 — 4小時 。疏水聚合物或腸衣塗覆層的溶劑可以有機的、水性的、 或有機溶劑與水性溶劑的混合物。有機溶劑可爲例如異丙 醇、乙醇、及類似物,其具有水或不具有水。 在本發明的另一些具體實施例中,一個支持平台( support platform)係施用於根據本發明所製成的錠劑上。 適當的支持平台係爲那些熟習此技術者所熟知的。適當的 支持平台的一個實例係闡述於例如美國專利案第4,8 3 9, 1 7 7號中,該專利在此併入本文以供參考。在該專利中 ,支持平台係部份塗覆於錠劑上,且係由一種不溶於水性 液體中的聚合物質所組成。例如,該支持平台可設計爲當 傳送治療活性藥物時能維持其非滲透性的性質者。支持平 台可以施用於錠劑上,其以例如經由將塗覆物加壓製於部 分錠劑表面上、以含有支持平台的聚合物質ti賁灑塗覆於全 28 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -------------------^----------^ ^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1227144 A7 B7 — -. ·ι _ .........." ........... .............._丨丨 11 ' 11 晒 五、發明說明() 部或部份的錠劑表面上、或將錠劑浸漬於聚合物質的溶液 中而達成。 如果是以加壓製成的方式施用,支持平台具有如約2 毫米的厚度,如果是以噴灑塗覆或浸漬塗覆的方式施用, 支持平台的厚度爲約1 0 //。一般而言,在本發明的具體 實施例中,其中一疏水性聚合物或腸衣塗覆層施用至錠劑 上,被塗覆的錠劑之重量增加係由約1 %至約2 0 %,在 某些特定具體實施例中,較佳係由約5 %至約1 0 %。 有效用於疏水性塗覆層的物質以及本發明之支持平台 的物質包括:丙烯酸的衍生物(例如丙烯酸的酯、甲基丙 烯酸、及其等共聚物)、纖維素及其衍生物(例如乙基纖 維素)、聚乙烯醇、及類似物。 在本發明的某些具體實施例中,錠劑的核心係包括一 額外劑量的藥物,其包含於疏水塗覆層或腸衣塗覆層中, 或塗覆於錠劑核心(不含疏水塗覆層或腸衣塗覆層)的外 表面上之外在塗覆層(overcoating)中,或作爲塗覆於含 有疏水層或腸衣塗覆層的基底塗覆層表面上之第二塗覆層 。這種情形可爲需要的,例如,在當配方第一次暴露於胃 液時,需要一載荷劑量(loading dose)的治療活性藥劑以 提供該活性藥劑之治療上有效的血液中含量。包含於塗覆 層的藥物之載荷劑量可以例如包含於配方中的藥物總量之 約1 0%至約4 0%。 在本發明的較佳具體實施例中,最終配方係提供當藥 物爲硫氮簞酮時之雙模式或多相的血漿含量。 29 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 「裝--------訂----- 線: A7 1227144 ____B7___ 五'發明說明() 在較佳具體實施例中,當藥物爲硫氮簞酮時,本發明 的配方係提供在口服施用劑型至患者後約4至約1 〇小時 內到達硫氮罩酮高峰血漿濃度之第一時間( T max # 1 ) 。在特定較佳的具體實施例中,到達高峰血漿濃度之第一 時間係發生在口服施用約6至約8小時後。在較佳具體實 施例中,在第一時間Tmax時硫氮蓽酮(diltiazem)的最 大血漿濃度(C max# 1 )係爲約5 〇至約1 〇 〇毫微克 /毫升,每施用根據本發明的口服持續釋放劑型中2 4 0 毫克劑量的硫氮簞酮時。 在其他較佳的具體實施例中,持續釋放的硫氮輦酮配 方係提供第二高峰血漿濃度(Cmax#2),其發生在口 服施用劑型至患者後約1 0至約1 6小時(丁 max# 2 ) 內發生。在某些較佳具體實施例中,第二高峰血漿濃度( C max# 2 )係發生在口服施用劑型至患者後約1 2至約 1 4小時(T max# 2)內發生。在交加具體實施例中, 在C max# 2時的硫氮肇酮最大血漿濃度係爲由約6 〇至 約9 0毫微克/毫升,每施用2 4 0毫克的硫氮簞酮於2 4小時期間時。 在特定較佳的具體實施例中,持續釋放的硫氮肇酮配 方係提供C max# 1之W5Q (就本發明目的而言,其係定義 爲在第一 C max ( C max# 1 )的5 〇%高度時血漿濃度曲 線的寬度,其基於在C max# 1與Cmax# 2之間的C min 所取低谷値)爲由約0 · 5至約4小時,較佳爲由約1至約 3小時。 30 ϋ張尺度刺巾關家標準(CNS)A4祕(210 X 297公爱) 一 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝--------訂---------線一 A7 1227144 ___BT^_ 五、發明說明() 在特定較佳的具體實施例中,持續釋放的硫氮®酮配 方係提供C max# 2之W5Q (就本發明目的而言,其係定義 爲在第一 C max ( C max # 2 )的5 0 %高度時血漿濃度曲 線的寬度,其基於在C max# 1與C max# 2之間的C min 所取低谷値)爲由約〇·5至約8小時,較佳爲由約2至約 6小時。 在特定較佳的具體實施例中,本發明之持續釋放的硫 氮簞酮配方係提供Cmax# 1對Cmax# 2之一比例,其係 爲由約0.1 : 1至約1 · 5 : 1,較佳係由約〇 .7 : 1至 約 1 · 2 : 1。 基於本發明之持續釋放口服配方中的硫氮簞酮之劑量 ,一般可容易測定對於不同劑量的硫氮箪酮在1 2或2 4 小時期間之C max # 1、C max # 2、T max # 1以及T max # 2 0 在本發明的特定較佳具體實施例中,當藥物爲奧昔布 寧時,此配方係提供一到達奧昔布寧高峰血漿濃度(T max)之時間,其係於約5至約1 5小時內、較佳在約8 小時至約12小時內。 適合用於加入本發明中之可溶性至高度可溶性的藥物 包括:抗組織胺(例如,馬來酸阿雜它定(azatadine maleate )、馬來酸溴非安明(brompheniramine maleate ) 、馬來酸卡賓諾安明(carbinoxamine maleate)、馬來酸氯 非安明(chlorpheniramine maleate )、馬來酸右旋氯非安 明(dexchlorpheniramine maleate )、鹽酸苯海拉明( 31 Ϊ紙張尺度適用中國國家^準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297 H ~ ' .--------------------訂----------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7 1227144 _B7____ 五、發明說明() diphenhydramine hydrochloride )、號拍酸多西安明( doxylamine succinate )、鹽酸甲地拉嚷(methdilazine hydrochloride )、普羅瑪塞辛(promethazine )、酒石酸異 丁 D秦(trimeprazine tartrate )、檸檬酸节 Dtt 二胺( tripelennamine citrate)、鹽酸苄卩比二胺、以及鹽酸曲普立 D定(triprolidine hydrochloride ));抗生素(例如,盤尼 西林鉀、氯噻青黴素(cloxacillin)鈉、二氯暖青黴素鈉、 那夫西林(nafcillin)鈉、苯唑西林(oxacillin)鈉、羧苄 青黴素氫郎鈉(carbenicillin indanyl sodium)、鹽酸氧基 四環黴素、鹽酸四環黴素、磷酸氯林絲菌素(clindamycin hydrochloride)、鹽酸氯林絲菌素、棕櫚酸鹽酸氯林絲菌 素、鹽酸林絲菌素(lincomycin)、新生黴素(novobiocin )鈉、硝基呋喃妥因(nitrofurantion)鈉、鹽酸梅佐尼達 口坐(metronidazole hydrochloride));抗結核藥劑(例如 異菸鹼醯肼);膽鹼能劑(例如,阿苯氯胺(ambemmium chloride )、氯化氨曱醯甲膽鹼(bethanecol chloride )、溴 化新斯的明(neostigmine bromide)、溴化卩比卩定斯的明( pyridostigmine bromide));抗毒蕈驗藥(例如,溴甲辛 托品(anisotropine methylbromide )、溴化克林地寧( clidinium bromide )、鹽酸雙環胺(dicyclomine hydrochloride )、己環錢甲基硫酸鹽(hexocyclium methylsulfate )、溴甲基後馬托品(homatropine methylbromide)、硫酸莨菩驗(hyoscyamine sulfate)、溴 甲胺太林(methantheline bromide)、氫溴化東莨菩驗( 32 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝--------訂----------線 A7 1227144 B7__ 五、發明說明() hyoscine hydrobromide )、溴化氧苯寧(oxyphenonium bromide)、溴化丙胺太林(propantheline bromide)、氯 化二乙己苯胺(tridihexethyl chloride));擬交感神經藥 (甲磺酸雙甲苯节酯(bitolterol mesylate )、麻黃鹼、鹽 酸麻黃鹼、硫酸奧西普那林(orciprenaline sulfate)、鹽酸 苯丙醇胺、鹽酸假麻黃鹼、鹽酸立托啶(ritodrine hydrochloride)、沙丁胺醇(salbutamol)硫酸鹽、叔丁喘 寧(terbutaline)硫酸鹽);抗交感神經藥(例如鹽酸苯氧 苄胺);各類自主神經藥(例如尼古丁);鐵製劑(例如 ,葡萄糖酸亞鐵,硫酸亞鐵);止血劑(例如胺基己酸) •’心臟藥(例如,鹽酸醋丁洛爾(acebutolol hydrochloride )、磷酸代索派拉明(disopyramide phosphate )、乙酸口欣 氟醯胺(flecainide acetate )、鹽酸普卡因醯胺( procainamide hydrochloride )、鹽酸普潘奈(propanolol hydrochloride )、葡萄糖酸奎尼定(quinidine gluconate ) 、馬來酸噻嗎心安(timolol maleate )、鹽酸室安卡因( tocainide hydrochloride )、鹽酸維拉帕米(verapamil hydrochloride));抗高血壓藥劑(例如,毓甲丙脯酸( captopril)、鹽酸可樂定(clonidine hydrochloride)、鹽 酸肼苯噠嗪(hydralazine hydrochloride)、鹽酸四甲基樟 院胺(mecamylamine hydrochloride )、酒石酸甲氧乙心安 (metoprolol tartrate)):血管擴張劑(例如鹽酸罌粟鹼 );非類固醇之抗發炎藥劑(例如,水陽酸膽鹼、水陽酸 鎂、甲氯滅酸(meclofenamate)鈉、那普羅森(naproxen 33 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) |裝--------訂---------線 1227144 •ΚΙ Β7 _ 五、發明說明(_ ) )鈉、甲苯醯吡咯乙酸(tolmetin)鈉);抗驚厥藥(例如 ,苯巴比妥(phenobarbital)鈉、雙苯內醯脲(phenytoin )鈉、三甲雙酮(troxidone)、乙號胺(ethosuximide)、 丙戊酸鈉);鎭定劑(例如,馬來酸乙醯苯那嗪( acetophenazine maleate )、鹽酉戔普羅瑪嗦(promazine hydrochloride )、鹽酸甲硫達嗪(thioridazine hydrochloride )、鹽酸三氟丙拉嗪(trifluoroperazine hydrochloride ) 、·棒樣酸鋰、鹽酸莫林酮(molindone hydrochloride )、鹽酸甲呢硫丙葱(thiothixine hydrochloride));興奮劑(例如,鹽酸苯甲安菲太明、 硫酸右旋安菲太明、磷酸右旋安菲太明、鹽酸二乙胺苯丙 酮、鹽酸芬氟拉明(fenfluramine hydrochloride)、鹽酸甲 基安菲太明、鹽酸呢醋甲酯(methylphenidate hydrochloride )、酒石酸二苯甲嗎咐(phendimetrazine tartrate)、鹽酸苯甲嗎啉、檸檬酸卡非因);巴比妥藥( barbitrates)(例如,澱粉基巴比妥鈉、丁基巴比妥鈉、司 可巴比妥(secobarbital)鈉);鎭靜劑(例如,鹽酸羥乙 氧呢嗪、梅普來隆(methprylon) ) •,鎭咳劑(例如,碘 化鉀);止吐劑(例如,鹽酸苯甲醌醯胺( benzaquinamide hydrochloride )、鹽酸梅托克普帕米( metoclopropamide hydrochloride)、鹽酸三甲苯甲醯胺) ;胃腸藥(例如鹽酸雷尼替定(ranitidine hydrochloride) );重金屬拮抗劑(例如,盤尼西胺(penicillamine)、 鹽酸盤尼西胺);抗甲狀腺藥劑(例如梅西瑪唑( 34 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) — — — — — — — I ^ · I 1-----^ A7 1227144 ____ B7_________ 五、發明說明() methimazole));泌尿生殖器平滑肌緩和劑(例如鹽酸黃 酮派酯(flaxoxate hydrochloride));維生素(例如,鹽 酸硫胺素,抗壞血酸);未經分類的藥劑(例如,鹽酸金 剛院胺、柯奇辛(cholchicine)、羥乙二擴酸(etidronate) 二鈉、甲醯四氫葉酸(leucovorin)錦、亞甲藍、氯化鉀、 氯磷定(pralidoxime chloride ))。上述所列藥劑不意欲 作爲惟一者。 較佳具體實施例詳沭 下列的實施例係說明本發明各個不同的方面。但是, 這些實施例並非被解釋爲以任何方式限制本發明之申請專 利範圍。 實施例1 一 2 藥物:膠比例於配方之影響 在實施例1 - 2中,根據本發明的持續釋放賦形劑係 首先被製備,後續加入藥物(在此例中爲硫氮簞酮)以及 pH調整劑(在此例中爲反丁烯二酸),且最後將最終混 合物製成錠劑。 該持續釋放賦形劑係由乾式摻合所需量之黃原膠、刺 槐豆膠、以及右旋糖於一高速混合器/製粒器中三分鐘。 當以切碎機/推動器進行時,加入水於該乾式摻合之混合 物中,並進行額外三分鐘製成顆粒狀之動作。接著,使製 成顆粒狀物乾燥於流體化床乾燥器中至達到一低於約1〇 重量% (如約4 一 7% LOD)之LOD (乾燥損失値) 。然後,使用2 0網目的篩將顆粒狀物輾磨且分配至一製 35 本紙張尺度ϋ中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) --- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝--------訂----------線 1227144 A7 B7 成分 1. 黃原膠 2. 刺槐豆膨 3. 右旋糖 4. 水 五、發明說明( 粒器中。實施例1 - 2之顆粒狀物的成分係示於下表1中 表1 持續釋放賦形劑之製備 量(% )-實施例1 量(% )-實施例2 20 12 30 18 50 70 30 25 接著,將所需量之硫氮罩酮、反丁烯二酸以及一適量 的水以推進器類型的混合器混合五分鐘以形成一漿狀物( shiny)。然後,將該漿狀物在製粒器中以一分鐘間隔加入 該持續釋放賦形劑中,其以低速推動器進行。接著,以切 碎機與推動器於高速下2分鐘使該混合物製成顆粒(額外 的水以及製粒時間可用於形成適當的顆粒),然後將所得 到的顆粒乾燥於一流體化床乾燥器中,直到其L 0 D値係 低於5% ,並以榔頭向前以2 0 0 0至3 0 0 Or pm碾 磨。碾磨的顆粒狀物接著被置於具有月桂基硫酸鈉的V型 攪拌器中並額外攪拌三分鐘。一種合適的製錠潤滑劑( Pruv®,硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉,N F,商業上可獲得自 Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co·)係被加入,且將該混合物另 外攪拌三分鐘。然後,使用一膠囊狀的打孔機將所得到的 顆粒狀物加壓製成爲錠劑。此最終混合物係製成錠劑約 768毫克。實施例1 一 2的錠劑之成分係示於下表2中: 36 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝--------訂---------線一 1227144 B7 五、發明說明() 表2 錠劑配方一實施例1一2 成分 量 (% ) 量(毫克/錠劑) 1.持續釋放賦形劑 52.1 400.0 2 ·硫氮調同 31.3 240.0 3.反丁烯二酸 5.2 40.0 4.月桂基硫酸鈉 10.4 80.0 5. Pmv® (硬脂基反丁烯二酸 1.0 8.0 納) 6.水* 27.5 0.0 *處理期間被除去 最終錠劑具有7 6 8毫克的錠劑重量以及1 5 K p的 硬度。 然後,對實施例1 - 2的錠劑進行溶解測試,溶解測 試是在9 0 0毫升的水中於一個自動化U S P溶解儀器( Paddle II型,100 rpm)內進行,且藥物的釋放量係經由紫 外線分析法進行分析。此試管內溶解結果係示於下列圖1 及表3中。 表3 時間(小時) 實施例1 溶解)實施例2 (% mmi 〇 0.0 〇.〇 37 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) --------^---------$一 1227144 A7 B7 五、發明說明( 1 13.4 8.3 2 19.0 12.4 4 28.4 18.4 8 40.9 29.0 12 52.3 38.2 16 63.1 44.4 2 0 70.1 49.9 24 78.2 55.3 由圖1與表3所提供的結果來看,很明顯的是:當膠 於配方中的量增加時硫氮簞酮的釋放速率會較慢。 實施例3 — 4 膠=右旋糖比例之影響 在實施例3 — 4中 持續釋放賦形劑係根據實施例 - 2中所述程序來製備 。實施例3 - 4的持續釋放賦形劑 之成分係示於下表4: 表4 成分 量 :(% )-實施例3 量(% )-實施例4 1.黃原膠 12 20 2.刺槐豆膠 18 30 3 ·右旋糖 70 50 4·水* 25 35 *在處理期間被除去 之後,硫氮罩酮錠劑係如下述製備: 將所需量之硫氮罩酮、反丁烯二酸以及持續釋放賦形 劑置於一製粒器中,且在低速下混合三分鐘。在推動器以 38 (請先闓讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝--------訂--- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) A7 1227144 _ B7 _____— ---------- ------- -- — ------- - —- 1' 五、發明說明() 低速進行期間,在2分鐘間隔加入水(額外的水以及製粒 時間可用於形成適當的顆粒)。然後將所得到的顆粒乾燥 於一流體化床乾燥器中,直到其L〇D値係低於5%時’ 並使用篩# 0 0 5 0以榔頭向前以2 000至3〇〇〇r p m碾磨。碾磨的顆粒狀物接著被置於具有月桂基硫酸鈉 的V型攪拌器中並攪拌1 0分鐘。一種合適的製錠潤滑劑 (Pmv®,硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉,N F,商業上可獲得自 Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co.)係被加入,且將該混合物另 外攪拌5分鐘。然後,使用一膠囊狀的打孔機將所得到的 顆粒狀物加壓製成爲錠劑。此最終混合物係製成錠劑約7 5 0毫克。實施例3 - 4的錠劑之成分係示於下表5中: 表5 綻劑配方一實施例3—4 成分 量(% ) _量(毫克/錠劑) 1.持續釋放賦形劑 53,3 400.0 2 ·硫氮簞酮 32.0 240.0 3.反丁烯二酸 8.0 60.0 4.月桂基硫酸鈉 5.3 40.0 5 . Pmv® (硬脂基反丁烯二 1.3 10.0 酸鈉) 6.水* 27.5 0.0 在處理期間被除去 最終錠劑具有7 5 0.0毫克的錠劑重量以及1 5 Kp 的硬度。 然後,對實施例3 - 4的錠劑進行溶解測試,溶解測 39 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4 &格(210 X 297公釐) ~ " -----------·裝--------tr----------線· (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1227144 A7 B7 五、發明說明( 試是在2 5 0毫升的緩衝液(p Η 6 )中於一個自動化U S Ρ溶解儀器(Paddle III型,15 CPM)內進行,且藥物 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 的釋放量係經由紫外線分析法進行分析。此試管內溶解結 果係示於下列圖2及表6中。 表6 時間(小時) 實施例3 (%溶彳 葬)實施例4 (%溶解) 0 0.0 0.0 1 20.1 14.3 3 36.5 25.2 8 64.7 45.5 12 88.3 57.2 16 102.2 67.4 24 103.6 86.2 由圖2與表6所提供的結果來看,很明顯的是:當相 對於右旋糖的量之膠的量增加時, 可觀察到藥物的釋放相 對地減慢。 實施例5 - 6 界面活性劑類型之影響 在實施例5 - 6中, 持續釋放賦形劑係根據實施例1 - 2中所述程序來製備。 實施例5 - 6的持續釋放賦形劑 之成分係示於下表7: 表7 成分 量(% )-實施例5 — 6 1.黃原膠 40 12 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297公釐) 1227144 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 2·刺槐豆膠 18 3.右旋糖 70 4.水* 25 *在處理期間被除去 之後,硫氮罩酮錠劑係如下述製備: 將所需量之硫氮肇酮、反丁烯二酸以及一適量的水以 推進器類型的混合器混合五分鐘以形成一漿狀物(slurry) 。然後,將該漿狀物在製粒器中於一分鐘間隔加入該持續 釋放賦形劑中,其以低速推動器進行。接著,以切碎機與 推動器於高速下2分鐘使該混合物製成顆粒(額外的水以 及製粒時間可用於形成適當的顆粒),然後將所得到的顆 粒乾燥於一流體化床乾燥器中,直到其L〇D値係低於5 % ,並以榔頭向前以2〇0〇至3000rp m碾磨。實 施例5之經碾磨的顆粒狀物接著被置於具有月桂基硫酸鈉 的V型攪拌器中,且實施例6之經碾磨的顆粒狀物被置於 具有多庫酯鈉的V型攪拌器中並額外攪拌1 〇分鐘。一種 合適的製錠潤滑劑(Pnw®,硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉,N F ,商業上可獲得自Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co.)係被加入 ,且將該混合物另外攪拌三分鐘。然後,使用一膠囊狀的 打孔機將所得到的顆粒狀物加壓製成爲錠劑。此最終混合 物係製成錠劑約8 4 8毫克。實施例5 - 6的錠劑之成分 係示於下表8中: 表8 錠劑配方-實施例5-6 41 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇χ 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) --------^----------^^ A7 1227144 _B7 五、發明說明() 成分 量(% )(實施例量(% )(實施例 5) 6) 1.持續釋放賦形劑 47.2 47.2 2·硫氮罩酮 28.3 28.3 3.反丁烯二酸 14.2 14.2 4.月桂基硫酸鈉 9.4 N/A 5 .多庫酯鈉(Docusate N/A 9.4 Sodium) 6 · Pmv® (硬脂基反丁烯二 0.9 0.9 酸鈉) 7.水* 26.5 26.5 *在處理期間被除去 成分 量(毫克/銳量 (毫克/錠劑 劑) ) (實施例5) (實施例6) 1.持續釋放賦形劑 400.0 400.0 2·硫氮罩酮 240.0 240.0 3.反丁烯二酸 120.0 120.0 4.月桂基硫酸鈉 80.0 N/A 5 · Pmv® (硬脂基反丁烯二 N/A 80.0 酸鈉) 6.水* 8.0 8.0 --------^---------1 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 最終錠劑具有8 4 8.0毫克的錠劑重量以及1 5 K p 的硬度。 然後,對實施例5 - 6的錠劑進行溶解測試,溶解測 試是在9 0 0毫升的水中於一個自動化U S P溶解儀器( Paddle II型,100 rpm)內進行,且藥物的釋放量係經由紫 外線分析法進行分析。此試管內溶解結果係示於下列圖3 及表9中。 42 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1227144 A7 B7 五、發明說明( 時間(小時) 表9 實施例5 (%溶解) 實施例6 (%溶解) 0 0.0 0.0 1 14.0 12.2 2 19.3 18.9 4 31.3 29.8 8 49.5 47.6 12 62.7 61.4 16 77.0 73.0 2〇 88.5 83.5 24 98.6 89.2 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 持續釋放賦形劑係根據實施例1 實施例7 - 8的持續釋放賦形劑 表1〇 量(% )-實施例7 —8 12 43 由圖3與表9所提供的結果來看,很明顯的是:對於 相等比例之月桂基硫酸鈉及多庫酯鈉(docusate sodium) 而言,硫氮罩酮之釋放速率係類似。但是,配方以月桂基 硫酸鈉處理確實較佳。 實施例7 - 8 界面活性劑含量之影響 在實施例7 — 8中 - 2中所述程序來製備 之成分係不於下表10 成分 1.黃原膠 -裝--------訂----------線一 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1227144 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 2.刺槐豆膠 18 3.右旋糖 70 4·水* 25 *在處理期間被除去 之後,硫氮羣酮錠劑係如下述製備: 將所需量之硫氮罩酮、反丁烯二酸以及一適量的水以 推進器類型的混合器混合五分鐘以形成一漿狀物(slmry) 。然後,將該漿狀物在製粒器中於一分鐘間隔內加入該持 續釋放賦形劑中,其以低速推動器進行。接著,以切碎機 與推動器於高速下2分鐘使該混合物製成顆粒(額外的水 以及製粒時間可用於形成適當的顆粒),然後將所得到的 顆粒乾燥於一流體化床乾燥器中,直到其L 0 D値係低於 5% ,並以榔頭向前以2000至3000rpm碾磨。 碾磨的顆粒狀物接著被置於具有月桂基硫酸鈉的V型攪拌 器中並攪拌1 0分鐘。一種合適的製錠潤滑劑(Pmv®, 硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉,N F,商業上可獲得自Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co·)係被加入,且將該混合物另外攪拌三 分鐘。然後,使用一膠囊狀的打孔機將所得到的顆粒狀物 加壓製成爲錠劑。此最終混合物係製成錠劑約7 6 8毫克 。實施例7 — 8的錠劑之成分係示於下表1 1中: 表1 1 錶劑配方一實施例7 — 8 成分. 量(% )(實施例量(% )(實施例 44 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) |裝--------訂--------·線j A7 1227144 _B7 五、發明說明() 7) 8) 1.持續釋放賦形劑 52.1 54.9 2·硫氮罩酮 31.3 33.0 3.反丁烯二酸 5.2 5.5 4.月桂基硫酸鈉 10.4 5.5 5 · Pruv® (硬脂基反丁烯二 1.0 1.1 酸鈉) 6 ·水* 27.5 27.5 *在處理期間被除去 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 成分 量(毫克/錠量(毫克/錠劑 劑) ) (實施例7) (實施例8) 1.持續釋放賦形劑 400.0 400.0 2·硫氮罩酮 240.0 240.0 3.反丁烯二酸 40.0 40.0 4.月桂基硫酸鈉 80.0 40.0 5. Pnw® (硬脂基反丁烯二 8.0 8.0 酸鈉) 實施例7之最終錠劑具有7 6 8.0毫克的錠劑重量以 及1 5 K p的硬度。 實施例8之最終錠劑具有7 2 8.0毫克的錠劑重量以 45 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1227144 A7 B7 五、發明說明( 及1 5 κ P的硬度。 (請先閒讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 然後,對實施例7 - 8的錠劑進行溶解測試,溶解測 試是在9 0 0毫升的水中於一個自動化U S P溶解儀器( Paddle II型,100 rpm)內進行,且藥物的釋放量係經由紫 外線分析法進行分析。此試管內溶解結果係示於下列圖4 及表1 2中。 表1 2 時間(小時) 實施例7 (%溶解) 實施例8 (°/〇溶解) 〇 0.0 0.0 1 13.4 18.5 2 19.0 28.2 4 28.4 40.1 8 40.9 56.1 12 52.3 67.6 16 63.1 77.7 2 0 70.1 83.8 24 78.2 90.5 由圖4與表1 2所提供的結果來看 ,很明顯的是:硫 氮罩酮之釋放速率係與界面活性劑的含量成反比。 實施例9 一 1〇 反丁烯二酸含量之影響 在實施例9 - 1 0中,持續釋放賦形劑係根據實施例 1 一 2中所述程序來製備。實施例9 一 形劑之成分係示於下表13: 46 10的持續釋放賦 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1227144 A7 B7 五、發明說明( 成分 12 18 70 25 表1 (% )-實施例9二丄 1.黃原膠 2·刺槐豆膠 3 ·右旋糖 4.水* *在處理期間被除去 之後’硫氮肇酮淀劑係如下述製備: 將所需量之硫氮罩酮、反丁烯二酸以及一適量的水以 推進器類型的混合器混合五分鐘以形成一漿狀物。然後, 將該紫狀物在製粒器中於一分鐘間隔內加入該持繪釋放賦 形劑中,其以低速推動器進行。接著,以切碎機與推動器 於高速下2分鐘使該混合物製成顆粒(額外的水以及製粒 時間可用於形成適當的顆粒),然後將所得到的顆粒乾燥 於一流體化床乾燥器中,直到其L〇D値係低於5 %,並 以榔頭向前以2000至3000rp m碾磨。碾磨的顆 粒狀物接著被置於具有月桂基硫酸鈉的V型攪拌器中並攪 拌1 0分鐘。一種合適的製錠潤滑劑(Pmv®,硬脂基反 丁烯二酸鈉,N F ,商業上可獲得自Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co·)係被加入,且將該混合物另外攪拌三 分鐘。然後,使用一膠囊狀的打孔機將所得到的顆粒狀物 加壓製成爲錠劑。此最終混合物係製成錠劑約8 4 8毫克 。實施例9 一 1 0的錠劑之成分係示於下表1 4中: 表1 4 47 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) --------^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1227144 A7 B7 五、發明說明( 成分 錠劑配方一實施例9 一 1 0 量(% )(實施例量(% )(實施例 9) 1. 持續釋放賦形劑 2. 硫氮罩酮 3. 反丁烯二酸 4·月桂基硫酸鈉 5. Pmv® (硬脂基反丁烯二 酸鈉) *硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉 6·水* *在處理期間被除去 47.2 28.3 14.2 9.4 0.9 10) 52.1 31.3 5.2 10.4 1.0 26.5 26.5 (請先閒讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 成分 1. 持續釋放賦形劑 2. 硫氮簞酮 3. 反丁烯二酸 4. 月桂基硫酸納 5 · Pruv®* (毫克/錠劑)量(毫克/錠劑) (實施例9) 400.0 240.0 120.0 80.0 8.0 (實施例11 0) 400.0 240.0 40.0 80.0 8.0 :酸鈉 實施例9之最終錠劑具有8 4 8 · 0毫克的錠劑重量 以及1 5 K p的硬度。 實施例1 0之最終錠劑具有7 6 8 · 0毫克的錠劑重 量以及1 5 Kp的硬度。 然後,對實施例9 - 1 0的錠劑進行溶解測試,溶解 測試是在9 0 0毫升的水中於一個自動化U S Ρ溶解儀器 (Paddle II型,100 rpm)內進行,且藥物的釋放量係經由 48 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1227144 A7 B7 五、發明說明( 紫外線分析法進行分析。此試管內溶解結果係示於下列圖 5及表1 5中。 表1 時間(小時) 實施例9 (%溶解)實施例1 0 (%溶解) 0 0.0 0.0 1 14.0 13.4 2 19.3 19.0 4 31.3 28.4 8 49.5 40.9 12 62.7 52.3 16 77.0 63.1 2 0 88.5 70.1 24 98.6 78.2 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 由圖5與表1 5所提供的結果來看,很明顯的是:反 丁烯二酸於配方中的量增加時,藥物之釋放速率增加。 實施例11一12 · 特別顆粒狀藥物之添加 在實施例1 1 - 1 2中,持續釋放賦形劑係根據實施 例1 一 2中所述程序來製備。實施例1 1及1 2的持續釋 放賦形劑之成分係示於下表16: 成分 1. 黃原膠 2. 刺槐豆膠 表1 6 量(〇/〇 -實施例11一12 12 18 49 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) A7 1227144 ____B7 _ 五、發明說明() 3.右旋糖 70 4·水* 25 *在處理期間被除去 之後,硫氮蓽酮錠劑係如下述製備·· 在實施例1 1中,將所需量之硫氮簞酮、反丁烯二酸 以及一適量的水以推進器類型的混合器混合五分鐘以形成 一漿狀物。然後,將該漿狀物在製粒器中於一分鐘間隔內 加入該持續釋放賦形劑中,其以低速推動器進行。接著, 以切碎機與推動器於高速下2分鐘使該混合物製成顆粒( 額外的水以及製粒時間可用於形成適當的顆粒),然後將 所得到的顆粒乾燥於一流體化床乾燥器中,直到其L〇D 値係低於5 %,並以榔頭向前以2000至3000rp m碾磨。經碾磨的顆粒狀物接著被置於具有月桂基硫酸鈉 的V型攪拌器中並攪拌1 0分鐘。一種合適的製錠潤滑劑 (Pmv®,硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉,N F,商業上可獲得自 Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co·)係被加入,且將該混合物另 外攪拌三分鐘。然後,使用一膠囊狀的打孔機將所得到的 顆粒狀物加壓製成爲錠劑。此最終混合物係製成錠劑約8 4 8毫克。 在實施例1 2中,將一部份之硫氮肇酮(diltiazem) 、反丁烯二酸以及一適量的水以推進器類型的混合器混合 五分鐘以形成一漿狀物。然後,將該漿狀物在製粒器中於 一分鐘間隔內加入該持續釋放賦形劑中,其以低速推動器 進行。接著,以切碎機與推動器於高速下2分鐘使該混合 50 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -----------裝--------訂----------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1227144 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 物製成顆粒(額外的水以及製粒時間可用於形成適當的顆 粒),然後將所得到的顆粒乾燥於一流體化床乾燥器中, 直到其LOD値係低於5% ,並以榔頭向前以2000至 3 0 0 0 r p m碾磨。經碾磨的顆粒狀物接著被置於具有 月桂基硫酸鈉的V型攪拌器中並攪拌1 0分鐘。一種合適 的製錠潤滑劑(Ρηιν®,硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉,N F,商 業上可獲得自Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co·)係被加入,且 將該混合物另外攪拌三分鐘。然後,使用一膠囊狀的打孔 機將所得到的顆粒狀物加壓製成爲錠劑。此最終混合物係 製成錠劑約8 4 8毫克。實施例1 1 一 1 2的錠劑之成分 係示於下表1 7中: 表1 7 錠劑配方一實施例11—12 成分 量σ〇 u實施例1量)(實施例1 1) 2) 1.持續釋放賦形劑 47.2 47.2 2·硫氮罩酮(顆粒狀) 28.3 18.4 3·硫氮羣酮(特別顆粒狀) N/A 9.9 4.反丁烯二酸 14.2 14.2 5·月桂基硫酸鈉 9.4 9.4 6.Pruv® (硬脂基反丁烯二酸 0.9 0.9 鈉) 7.水* 26.5 25.0 *在處理期間被除去 成分 i 匱(毫克/錠劑) 量(毫克/錠劑 (實施例11) ) (實施例12) 1.持續釋放賦形劑 400.0 400.0 2·硫氮簞酮(顆粒狀) 240.0 156.0 51 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閒讀背面之注意事項再填鸢本頁)V. Description of the invention (Figure 4 is a graph showing the solubility (average percentage of dissolution over time) of Examples 7 and 8. Figure 5 is a graph of solubility (average percentage of dissolution over time) of Examples 9 and 10 Figure 6 is a graphic representation of the solubility (average dissolution percentage over time) of Examples 11 and 12. Figure 17 is a graphic representation of the% release rate over time for Examples 11 and 12. Fig. 8 is a graph showing the solubility (average percentage of dissolution over time) of Examples 13 and 18. Fig. 9 is a graph of solubility (average percentage of dissolution over time) of Examples 19 and 20 in Examples. Fig. 10 is a graph showing the solubility (average dissolution percentage over time) of Examples 2 1 to 2 3. Fig. 1 is a graph of Example 24 and a reference standard (Cardizem CD2 40 mg). A graphical representation of the average plasma concentration of thiazepine over time. Figure 12 is a graphical representation of the average plasma concentration of azathione over time for Example 25 and a reference standard (Cardizem CD 240 mg). Figure 13 shows the solubility of Examples 2 6 and 27 (average percentage of dissolution over time). ). Figure 14 is a comparison diagram of the solubility of Example 3 7 (average dissolution percentage over time) and the solubility of a reference standard (DitropanXL). 15 This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification ( 210 X 297 mm) ------------ install -------- order ---------- line (please read the notes on the back before filling in (This page) 1227144 A7 ______B7____ 5. Description of the invention () Detailed description of the invention The sustained release matrix of the present invention may be a heterogeneous dispersive excipient (as previously reported in the unmanned U.S. Patent No. 4,9 9 4, 2 7 6 Nos. 5, 128, 143 and 5, 135, 757), which may include a gelling agent that exhibits multiplicative heteropolysaccharide gums and homopolysaccharide gums, such as a combination of two or more polysaccharide gums Higher viscosity and faster hydration than can be expected from these gums alone, the resulting gel will form faster and be harder. The term "heteropolysaccharide" used in the present invention Is defined as a water-soluble polysaccharide, which contains two or more saccharide units, and the heteropolysaccharide contains a branched or helical configuration It also has superior water-wicking properties and immense thickening properties. A particularly preferred heteropolysaccharide is xanthan gum, which is a high molecular weight (> 10 6) heteropolysaccharide. Other preferred heteropolysaccharides include derivatives of xanthan gum, such as dehydrogenated xanthan gum, carboxymethyl ether, and propylene glycol esters. The homopolysaccharide gums that can be crosslinked with heteropolysaccharides used in the present invention include: galactose Mannans (galactomannans), that is, polysaccharides composed purely of mannose and galactose. Galactomannans with a high proportion of unsubstituted mannose parts have been found to achieve more interactions with heteropolysaccharides. Compared to other galactomannans such as guar and hydroxypropyl guar, the locust bean gum system having a higher proportion of mannose to galactose is particularly preferred. When the ratio of the heteropolysaccharide gum to the homopolysaccharide material is about 1: 1: 1. At 5 o'clock, the controlled-release properties of the controlled-release formulation of the present invention may be the best, although at the 16 P-scale scale, using the Chinese National Standard \ cNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ^ 'I 丨 I-- ------ · 1111111 ^ 0 I I ------ I AW (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 1227144 A7 ___B7 V. Description of the invention () Approximate weight of heterogeneous dispersing polysaccharides Heteropolysaccharide gums present in an amount of 10 to about 90% or more can provide an acceptable slow release product. Any combination of homopolysaccharide gums known to produce a multiplier effect when exposed to an aqueous solution can be used in accordance with the present invention. Such a multiplier effect of the sugar-gum combination of the present invention may also occur between two homopolysaccharides, or between two heteropolysaccharides. Other acceptable gelling agents that can be used in the present invention include those gelling agents that are known in the art. Examples include alginate, carrageenan, pectin, guar gum, modified starch, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, methyl cellulose, and other fibrous substances such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose and Hydroxypropyl cellulose. This list is not intended to be limiting. The inert diluent of the sustained release excipient preferably comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable saccharide, including: monosaccharide, disaccharide, or polyol, and / or a mixture of any of the foregoing. Examples of suitable inert pharmaceutical tinctures are: sucrose, dextrose, lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, guar gum, fructose, xylitol, sorbitol, starch, mixtures thereof, and the like. However, it is preferred to use soluble pharmaceutical tinctures, such as lactose, dextrose, sucrose, or mixtures thereof. Alternatively, the inert diluent or fluorene filling agent may include a diluent prepared by direct pressurization previously manufactured as described below. For example, the ingredients of the sustained release excipient can be dry mixed without using a wet granulation step. This step can be used, for example, when the active ingredient is directly added to the ingredients of the sustained release excipient. Grain will be completed in case. On the other hand, this step can also be used when no wet granulation step has been counted. If the mixture will be manufactured in a way that does not require a wet granulation step and the final mixture will be made into tablets, this paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 public love) -------------------- Order --------- Line (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 1227144 A7 ____B7_____ V. Invention Note () All or part of the inert diluent contains a pre-manufactured diluent, which is widely used in medical technology and can be obtained from many commercial sources. Directly pressurized excipients include Emococel® (microcrystalline cellulose, N. F ·), Emdex® (Dextrose, N · F. ), And Tab-Fine® (some directly pressed sugars, including sucrose, fructose, and dextrose), all of which are commercially available from Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co., Patterson, New York. Other diluents made by direct compression include those obtained from Sheffield Chemical, Union, N.  J.  07083 anhydrous lactose (lactose N · F ·, anhydrous direct tableting); Elcems® G-250 (powdered cellulose, N. F., obtained from Degussa, D-600 Frankfurt (Main) Germany) F. ); Fast-Flo Lactose® (lactose, N. lactose) from Foremost Whey Products, Banaboo, WI 53913 F., spray-dried); Maltrin® (aggregated maltodextrin) from Grain Processing Corp., Muscatine, IA 52761; from Roquet Corp., 645 5th Ave., New York, N.  10022 Neosorb 60⑧ (sorbitol, N · F ·, prepared by direct pressure): available from Ingredient Technology, Inc., Pennsauken, N.  J · 08110 of Nu-Tab® (can be obtained by pressing, N. F. ); Available from GAF Coi * p., New York, N.Y.  10020 Polyplasdone® (Crospovidone, N. F., cross-linked polyethylene bispyridone): available from Generichem Corp., Little Falls, N.J.  07424 Primojel® (Sodium Starch Gluconate, N · F ·, Xiangyl Methyl Starch); available from Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co. , Patterson, N.Y.  10512 of Solka Floe⑧ (cellulose floc, N · 18) This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 χ 297 mm) ------------------ -^ --------- ^ (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) A7 1227144 __B7__ V. Description of the invention () F ·); Available from Foremost Whey Products, Banaboo, WI 53913 and DMV Corp., Vehgel, Holland, spray-dried lactose® (lactose, N · F ·, spray-dried); and available from Colorcon, Inc. Sta-Rx 1500® (Starch 1500) (Pregelatinized Starch, N., West Point, PA 19486) F. , Made by pressure). In general, the formulation can be prepared as a diluent made by direct pressure, such as by wet granulation of spray-dried lactose, or by pre-mixed direct addition by methods known in the art. It is prepared by pressing the diluent. In particular embodiments, the components of the sustained release excipient may be manufactured in advance. However, in other embodiments, the active drug can be added to the excipient ingredients and the mixture can be melted and granulated to form a gramxlaticm. Finally, when a surfactant is used, a dissolved or dispersed surfactant containing thiazepin and or oxybutynin can be added directly to the ingredient mixture. In other specific embodiments of the present invention, the inert diluent obtained by direct pressurization used with the sustained-release pharmaceutical excipients of the present invention is an increased microcrystalline cellulose, as disclosed in J.  Staniforth, B.  Sherwood and E.  Hunter filed U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 08 / 370,576 in the name of "Pharmaceutical Excipient Having Improved compressibility" filed on January 9, 1995, which is fully incorporated herein by reference. For reference, the added microcrystalline cellulose described therein is commercially available from Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co. under the "Prosolv" brand name.  〇19 This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 x 297 mm) ------------- 1 ------ Order -------- -Line 1 ^^ · (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) A7 1227144 _B7 Sun · Surface · __-_ '1 " 1 · ΝΙ_ 细 ΐ1 · 1 —'-— One, five, the description of the invention () (Please read the notes on the back of 53 before filling out this page) • -An effective amount of a pharmaceutically acceptable surfactant can also be added to the above excipient ingredients, or added when the drug is added to increase Bioavailability of drugs. An example of a suitable surfactant is docusate sodium, which is present in an amount up to about 15% by weight of the solid dosage form. A particularly preferred surfactant is sodium lauryl sulfate, which is present in an amount of about 15% by weight of the solid dosage form. In a specific embodiment, the surfactant is dissolved in a suitable solvent, such as water, and is then added to a mixture of sustained-release excipients and drugs. This allows the surfactant to wet the particles of the excipients to This allows the precipitate to be small and not aggregate when the solvent evaporates the drug particles. It is possible to obtain granules of a drug and a surfactant which are finely and homogeneously dispersed in an excipient. In a specific embodiment of the present invention, for example, wherein the drug is azathione and or oxybutynin, the surfactant is from about 1% to about 5%, or from about 1% to about 1 by weight of the final product. It is added in an amount of 5%, however, the upper limit of the surfactant contained may be limited to 15%. A limiting factor is the need to provide a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation for the final product. For example, in the case of tablets, the upper limit of the surfactant dose contained is produced by the production of a pharmaceutically acceptable tablet For example, tablets having a friability of less than about 1% and a hardness of 6 to 8 kg. The surfactants useful in the present invention generally include pharmaceutically acceptable anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, amphoteric (amphiphilic / amphiphilic) surfactants, and nonionic surfactants. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable anionic surfactants include, for example, monovalent alkanes 20 ^ Paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) ~ A7 1227144 _____B7__ 5. Description of the invention () (please first (Please read the notes on the back and fill in this page again.) Glutamates, fatty acid-polypeptide condensates, sulfates, alkyl sulfates (including sodium lauryl sulfate (SLS)), ethoxylated alkyl sulfates, ester-linked sulfonates (including docusate sodium ) Or dioctyl sodium sodium bisulfate (DSS)), alpha olefin sulfonates, and phosphorylated alcohols. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable cationic surfactants include, for example, monoalkylquaternary ammonium salts, dialkylquaternary ammonium compounds, aminoamines, and aminoimines. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable amphoteric (amphiphilic / amphiphilic) surfactants include, for example, N-substituted alkylamines, N-substituted betaines, sulfobetaines, and N-alkyl 6-aminopropionate. Other suitable surfactants for use with the present invention include polyethylene glycols in the form of esters or ethers. Examples include polyethoxylated castor oil, polyethoxylated hydrogenated castor oil, polyethoxylated fatty acid from castor oil, or polyethoxylated fatty acid from castor oil or polyethoxylated fatty acid from hydrogenated castor oil. Surfactants available on the previous page are known under the trade names Cremophor, Myrj, Polyoxyl 40 stearate, Emest 2675, Lipal 395, and PEG 3350. p Η modifiers promote drug release from the matrix, and from about 1% to about 50%, from about 1% to about 25%, from about 1% to about 15%, or from about 1% to about 15% by weight of the final dosage form It is present in an amount of about 1% to about 10%. In a preferred embodiment, the ρ Η adjusting agent is an organic acid. Example 21 The paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) A7 1227144 __B7 ____ 5. Description of the invention (Such as citric acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, malic acid, maleic acid, glutaric acid or lactic acid. (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) -Line The dissociable gel strength enhancer that can be used with the present invention can be monovalent or polyvalent metal cations. Preferred salts are inorganic salts, including sulfates, chlorides, borates, bromides, citrates, acetates, lactates, and the like of various alkali and / or alkaline earth metals. Specific examples of suitable dissociable gel strength enhancers include: calcium sulfate, sodium chloride, potassium sulfate, sodium carbonate, lithium chloride, tripotassium phosphate, sodium borate, potassium bromide, potassium fluoride, sodium bicarbonate , Chlorine Ming ·, Samarium Chloride, Sodium Citrate, Sodium Acetate, Calcium Lactate, Magnesium Sulfate and Sodium Fluoride. Polyvalent metal cations can also be used in the present invention. However, the dissociable gel strength enhancer is divalent. Particularly preferred salts are calcium sulfate and sodium chloride. The dissociable gel strength enhancer of the present invention is added in an amount effective to obtain the required enhanced gel strength due to the cross-linking action of gelling agents (such as heteropolysaccharide gum and homopolysaccharide gum). In other specific embodiments, the dissociable gel strength enhancer is included in the sustained release excipient of the present invention, and the sustained release excipient is between about 1% to about 20 by weight. And is present in an amount between about 0.5% to about 16% by weight of the final dosage form. . In a specific preferred embodiment of the present invention, the sustained-release matrix of the present invention comprises a sustained-release excipient comprising about 1 to about 9% by weight of a heteropolysaccharide gum and a homopolysaccharide gum. A gelling agent, a dissociable gel strength enhancer at about 0 to about 20% by weight, and an inert medical diluent at about 1 to about 89% by weight. In other embodiments, the sustained release excipient comprises about 10 to about 75. Gelatin 22% by weight Paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) " --- 1227144 • A7 --------- B7____ 5. Description of the invention () Agent, about 2 to about 15% by weight of a dissociable gel strength enhancer, and about 30 to about 75% by weight of an inert pharmaceutical diluent. In still other specific embodiments, the sustained release excipient contains about 30 to about 75 weight percent of a gelling agent, about 5 to about 10 weight percent of a dissociable gel strength enhancer, and about 15 To about 65% by weight of an inert pharmaceutical diluent. The sustained release excipient of the present invention (whether or not a dissociable gel strength enhancer is selectively added) can further improve its properties by incorporating a hydrophobic substance, which will reduce the hydration of the gum and Does not interfere with the hydrophilic matrix. In other specific embodiments of the present invention, this is achieved by forming a sustained release excipient into a granular form with a dispersion or solution of a hydrophobic substance before incorporating the drug. The hydrophobic polymer may be selected from alkyl celluloses, such as ethyl cellulose, other hydrophobic fibrous materials, polymers or copolymers derived from acrylates or methacrylates, copolymers of acrylates or methacrylates , Corn mash, wax, shellac, hydrogenated vegetable oil, and any other technically acceptable pharmaceutically acceptable hydrophobic substance. The amount of hydrophobic substance added to the sustained release excipient is such that it can effectively slow down the hydration of the gum without disturbing the hydrophilic matrix formed when exposed to environmental liquids. In a particularly preferred embodiment of the present invention, the hydrophobic substance is added to the sustained release excipient in an amount of about 1 to about 20% by weight. The solvent of the hydrophobic substance may be an aqueous solvent or an organic solvent, or a mixture of the two. In a specific embodiment, when the sustained release excipient of the present invention has been prepared in advance, it is possible to mix the sustained release excipient with the drug in, for example, a high-shear mixer. In some particularly preferred embodiments, the medicine 23 paper size applicable standard (CNS) A4 i grid (210 x 297 public love) a -------------% (please first Read the notes on the back and fill in this page) Order --------- line 1227144 A7 _____ B7___ V. Description of the invention () is a benzothiazide that is effective for treating circulating diseases and hypertension, A particularly preferred dihydropyridine system is thiazepin. The effective formulation of thiazemone generally includes a daily dose of from about 30 to about 500 mg, preferably from about 12 mg to about 480 mg. In a particularly preferred embodiment of the invention, the dosage form for a 24 hour formulation includes a dose of thiazolidone in an amount of 120 mg, 180 mg, 240 mg, or 3 0 0 mg; dosages for 12 hour formulations are 60 mg, 90 mg and 120 mg. In certain other preferred embodiments, the drug is oxybutynin, which is effective for treating urinary diseases. Oxybutyn effective formulations for 12-hour formulations typically include from about 2.5 mg to about 50 mg, e.g. from about 2. A daily dose of 5 mg to about 25 mg, and for 24 hours Formulation 尙 includes a daily dose of from about 5 mg to about 50 mg. Before the mixture is compressed into a solid dosage form such as a lozenge, an effective amount of any generally accepted pharmaceutical lubricant, including calcium or magnesium soaps, is preferably added to the mixture of ingredients. An example of a suitable lubricant is stearic acid.  Magnesium, based on the weight of the solid dosage form of about 0. An amount of 5 to about 3% is present. A particularly preferred lubricant is sodium stearyl fumarate, NF, which is commercially available under the tradename Pruv® from Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co. The sustained-release excipients of the present invention have consistent packing characteristics in a range of different particle size distributions, and can be directly pressurized after adding drugs and lubricating powders, or traditional wet granulation To make the final dosage form (for example, lozenges). 24 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page)-I--IIII Order · -------- · This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 Public Love) 1227144. A7 ___B7 _ 5. Description of the invention () The properties and characteristics of the specific excipient system prepared according to the present invention depend in part on the individual properties of the homopolysaccharide and heteropolysaccharide composition, in terms of polymer solubility and glass transition temperature It depends on the multiplication between different homopolysaccharides and heteropolysaccharides, and the interaction between homopolysaccharides and heteropolysaccharides and inert carbohydrates on the interaction between the dissolved liquid and the excipient. The combination of a gelling agent (ie, a mixture of xanthan gum and locust bean gum) and an inert diluent, whether or not dissociable gel strength enhancers and hydrophobic polymers are added, can provide a ready-to-use sustained release Formulation products, in which the formulator only needs to mix the desired active drug, pΗ regulator, surfactant, and optional lubricant with excipients, and then press the mixture into a slowly released lozenge. The excipient may include a physical admix of gum and a soluble excipient, such as pressurized sucrose, lactose, or dextrose, although it is preferred to use pure sucrose, pure lactose , Or pure dextrose (ie, those in a crystalline state), etc., the gum is made into particles or agglomerated to form excipients. The granular form has certain advantages, including its ability to optimize fluidity and compressibility; it can be made into lozenges, formulated in capsules, extruded and rounded with the active drug to form small medicines. Wait. The pharmaceutical excipients prepared according to the present invention can be prepared using any assembly technique to obtain an acceptable excipient product. In wet granulation technology, a desired amount of heteropolysaccharide gum, homopolysaccharide gum, and an inert diluent are mixed together, and then a moisturizer such as water, propylene glycol 'glycerol, alcohols, or the like is added. To make a humidified mass. Next, the humidified 25 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 1227144 Δ7 Α7 _ a _B7 _ 5. Description of the invention () The lumps are dry. The dried agglomerates are ground into particles using conventional equipment. Therefore, the excipient product is directly usable. The pre-manufactured sustained release excipient is preferably free-flowing and directly pressurizable. Therefore, the excipient can be mixed with a therapeutically active drug and a selective lubricant in a desired ratio (dry granulation method). Alternatively, 'all or part of the excipient can be subjected to wet granulation with the active ingredient' and then made into lozenges. When the final product to be prepared is a lozenge, then the entire mixture is present in an amount sufficient to make a batch of uniform lozenges, under normal pressure (ie, about 2000 to 1600 psi) , Into the traditional production-grade ingot making machine to make tablets. However, the mixture must not be pressurized to such an extent that it will still be difficult to hydrate upon subsequent exposure to gastric fluids. As a method of manufacturing lozenges, one of the direct pressure methods is limited to the size of lozenges. If the amount of active ingredient is high, pharmaceutical formulators may choose to granulate the active ingredient with other excipients by wet granulation to obtain a tablet of comparable size with the correct compact strength. Generally, the amount of fillers / binding agents or excipients required for wet granulation is less than that of direct pressure manufacturing. This is because the wet granulation process, to a certain extent, has been Provides some of the physical properties required for lozenges. When the drug is thiazepine, the average lozenge size of the round lozenge is preferably between about 300 mg and about 750 mg, and the capsule lozenge is between about 700 Mg to 1,000 mg. The average particle size range of the granulated excipients of the present invention is preferably between about 50 microns and about 400 microns, and more preferably between about 1 8 5 26. This paper size applies to Chinese National Standards (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -------- ^ --------- line 1227144 A7 ------ B7__ V. Description of the invention () Micrometer to about 265 micrometers. The particle size of the particles is not so strict, and the important parameter is: the average particle size of the particles must be. Allows the production of directly pressurizable excipients to form pharmaceutically acceptable lozenges. The compactness and bulk required for the particles of the present invention are generally between about 0.3 to about 0. 8 g / ml, the average density is about 0. 5 to about 0. 7 g / ml. For best results, the tablets made by the granulation method of the present invention have a hardness between about 5 and about 20 kg. The particles produced in accordance with the present invention have an average outflow rate of about 25 to about 40 grams per second. Lozenges compacted using an instrumented rotary ingot mill have been found to have a strength structure that is not affected by the inert sugar component. Scanning electron micrographs of the surface of a large number of lozenges have provided qualitative evidence of a large amount of plastic deformation caused by compression, which occurred on both the lozenge surface and across the cracked surface, and also showed evidence of surface holes. Holes, initial solvent infiltration and solution exudation may occur. In certain embodiments of the invention, the lozenge is coated with a sufficient amount of a hydrophobic polymer to allow the formulation to further regulate the release of the drug. The hydrophobic polymer contained in the coating layer of the tablet may be the same substance 'or a different substance than the hydrophobic polymer which is selectively used to granulate the persistent excipient. In other specific embodiments of the present invention, the lozenge coating layer may include an enteric coating material to be added to or replace the hydrophobic polymer coating layer. Examples of suitable casing polymers include: cellulose acetate phthalate, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose gallate, polyvinyl acetate, methacrylic acid copolymer, shellac, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose Succinate, vinegar 27 S——No paper and national standard "? — (CNS) A—4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) '— ~ ^ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) πpack n 11 n- flu fnn · ϋ m wire A7 1227144 _ B7___ 5. Description of the invention () Acid cellulose triphenylhexacarboxylate, and any of the above mixtures. An example of a suitable commercially available casing material is a substance with the trade name Eudragit ™ L30D55. In other embodiments, the dosage form may be coated with a hydrophilic coating to add to or replace the coating. An example of a suitable substance that can be used in this type of hydrophilic coating is propylmethyl-cellulose (e.g., Opadry, commercially available from Colorcon, West Point, PA). The coatings can be applied in any of the pharmaceutically acceptable ways known to those skilled in the art. For example, in one embodiment, the coating is applied via a fluidized bed or in a coating pan. For example, the coated tablet can be dried in a coating pan at a temperature of about 60 to 70 ° C for about 3-4 hours. The solvent of the hydrophobic polymer or the casing coating layer may be organic, aqueous, or a mixture of an organic solvent and an aqueous solvent. The organic solvent may be, for example, isopropyl alcohol, ethanol, and the like, with or without water. In other specific embodiments of the present invention, a support platform is applied to the tablets made according to the present invention. Appropriate support platforms are well known to those skilled in the art. An example of a suitable support platform is set forth, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 4,8 3 9, 177, which is incorporated herein by reference. In this patent, the support platform is partially coated on the lozenge and consists of a polymeric substance that is insoluble in an aqueous liquid. For example, the support platform can be designed to maintain the non-permeable nature of the therapeutically active drug when delivered. The support platform can be applied to lozenges, which are coated, for example, by pressurizing the coating on a portion of the surface of the lozenge, and coated with a polymer material containing the support platform over the entire surface. ) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) ------------------- ^ ---------- ^ ^ (Please read the notes on the back first Fill out this page again) 1227144 A7 B7 —-.   · Ι _. . . . . . . . . . ". . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ 丨 丨 11 '11 Exposure 5. Description of the invention () Part or part of the tablet surface, or the tablet is immersed in a polymer solution. If applied by pressure, the support platform has a thickness of, for example, about 2 mm, and if applied by spray coating or dip coating, the thickness of the support platform is about 1 0 //. Generally speaking, in a specific embodiment of the present invention, in which a hydrophobic polymer or an enteric coating is applied to a lozenge, the weight increase of the coated lozenge is from about 1% to about 20%, In certain specific embodiments, it is preferably from about 5% to about 10%. Substances effective for hydrophobic coatings and substances supporting the platform of the present invention include: derivatives of acrylic acid (such as esters of acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, and copolymers thereof), cellulose and derivatives thereof (such as ethyl acetate) Cellulose), polyvinyl alcohol, and the like. In certain embodiments of the present invention, the core of the lozenge includes an additional dose of the drug, which is contained in a hydrophobic coating or an enteric coating, or is coated on the lozenge core (excluding the hydrophobic coating). Layer or casing coating layer) on the outer surface of the coating layer (overcoating), or as a second coating layer on the surface of the base coating layer containing a hydrophobic layer or casing coating layer. This situation may be desirable, for example, when the formulation is first exposed to gastric fluid, a loading dose of a therapeutically active agent is required to provide a therapeutically effective blood content of the active agent. The loading amount of the drug contained in the coating layer may be, for example, about 10% to about 40% of the total amount of the drug contained in the formulation. In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the final formulation provides a bimodal or heterogeneous plasma content when the drug is azathione. 29 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 x 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) : A7 1227144 ____B7___ Five 'Description of the Invention () In a preferred embodiment, when the drug is thiazepine, the formulation of the present invention provides sulfur to reach sulfur within about 4 to about 10 hours after the oral administration of the dosage form to the patient. The first time (T max # 1) of the peak plasma concentration of azosterone. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the first time to reach the peak plasma concentration occurs about 6 to about 8 hours after oral administration. In a preferred embodiment, the maximum plasma concentration (C max # 1) of dithiazem (diltiazem) at the first time Tmax is about 50 to about 1,000 nanograms / ml. In the oral sustained release dosage form, a dose of 240 mg of azathione. In other preferred embodiments, the sustained release azathione formula provides a second peak plasma concentration (Cmax # 2), which occurs About 10 to about 16 hours after oral administration of the dosage form to the patient (Ding max # 2) In some preferred embodiments, the second peak plasma concentration (Cmax # 2) occurs within about 12 to about 14 hours (Tmax # 2) after the dosage form is administered to the patient orally. In a specific embodiment, the maximum plasma concentration of thiazolidone at C max # 2 is from about 60 to about 90 nanograms / ml, with each of 240 mg of thiazolidone administered at 2 4 During the hour. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the sustained release thiazolidinone formulation provides Cmax # 1 of W5Q (for the purposes of the present invention, it is defined as the first C max (C max # 1) The width of the plasma concentration curve at 50% height, based on the trough taken from C min between C max # 1 and Cmax # 2 値) from about 0.5 to about 4 hours, preferably From about 1 to about 3 hours. 30 Scaling Standard Spun Scarf Family Standard (CNS) A4 Secret (210 X 297 Public Love) One-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -Pack ---- ---- Order --------- Line 1 A7 1227144 ___ BT ^ _ V. Description of the Invention () In a specific and preferred embodiment, the sustained-release sulfur nitrogen® ketone formula provides C max # 2 of W5Q ( For the purposes of the present invention, it is defined as the width of the plasma concentration curve at 50% height of the first C max (C max # 2), which is based on the C min between C max # 1 and C max # 2 The troughs taken are from about 0.5 to about 8 hours, preferably from about 2 to about 6 hours. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the sustained-release thioazepine formulation of the present invention provides a ratio of Cmax # 1 to Cmax # 2 which is from about 0. 1: 1 to about 1.5: 1, preferably from about 0. 7: 1 to about 1 · 2: 1. Based on the dosage of azathione in the sustained-release oral formulation of the present invention, it is generally easy to determine C max # 1, C max # 2, T max for different doses of azathione over a period of 12 or 24 hours. # 1 和 T max # 2 0 In a specific preferred embodiment of the present invention, when the drug is oxybutynin, this formulation provides a time to reach the peak plasma concentration (T max) of oxybutynin, which It is within about 5 to about 15 hours, preferably within about 8 to about 12 hours. Soluble to highly soluble drugs suitable for use in the present invention include: antihistamines (eg, azatadine maleate), brompheniramine maleate, carbene maleate Carbinoxamine maleate, chlorpheniramine maleate, dexchlorpheniramine maleate, diphenhydramine hydrochloride (31 ΪPaper size is applicable to Chinese national standards) CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 H ~ '. -------------------- Order ---------- Line (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) A7 1227144 _B7____ V. Description of the invention () diphenhydramine hydrochloride), doxylamine succinate, metdilazine hydrochloride, promethazine, trimeprazine tartrate, citrate festival Dtt tripelennamine citrate, benzamidine diamine, and triprolidine hydrochloride); antibiotics (e.g., penicillin potassium, cloxacillin sodium, dichlorononicillin sodium, that Nafcillin sodium, oxacillin sodium, carbenicillin indanyl sodium, oxytetracycline hydrochloride, tetracycline hydrochloride, clindamycin hydrochloride ), Clindamycin hydrochloride, clindamycin palmitate, lincomycin hydrochloride, novobiocin sodium, nitrofurantion sodium, mezonida hydrochloride Metronidazole hydrochloride); anti-tuberculosis agents (such as isonicotinylhydrazine); cholinergic agents (such as ambemmium chloride, ammonium chloride, bethanecol chloride), bromine Neostigmine bromide, pyridostigmine bromide); anti-mushroom tests (for example, anisotropine methylbromide), clidinium bromide bromide), dicyclomine hydrochloride, hexocyclium methylsulfate, Homatropine methylbromide, hyoscyamine sulfate, bromamine methantheline bromide), hydrobromide sclerotium bromide (32 paper sizes apply Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page)) ----- Order ---------- line A7 1227144 B7__ 5. Description of the invention () hyoscine hydrobromide), oxyphenonium bromide, propantheline bromide , Didihexethyl chloride); sympathomimetics (bitolterol mesylate), ephedrine, ephedrine hydrochloride, orciprenaline sulfate, hydrochloric acid Phenylpropanolamine, pseudoephedrine hydrochloride, ritodrine hydrochloride, salbutamol sulfate, terbutaline sulfate); anti-sympathetic drugs (such as phenoxybenzamine hydrochloride) Various types of autonomic drugs (such as nicotine); iron preparations (such as ferrous gluconate, ferrous sulfate); hemostatic agents (such as aminocaproic acid) ), Disopyramide phosphate, flecainide acetate, procainamide hydrochloride, propanolol hydrochloride, quinidine gluconate ( quinidine gluconate), timolol maleate, tocainide hydrochloride, vera hydrochloride Verapamil hydrochloride); antihypertensive agents (eg, captopril, clonidine hydrochloride, hydralazine hydrochloride, mecamylamine hydrochloride) hydrochloride), metoprolol tartrate): vasodilators (such as papaverine hydrochloride); non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents (such as choline salicylate, magnesium salicylate, meclofenamate ) Sodium, Naproxen (naproxen 33 This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) | Install ------- -Order --------- line 1227144 • ΚΙΒ7 _ 5. Description of the invention (_) sodium, tolmetin sodium); anticonvulsants (for example, phenobarbital) Sodium, phenytoin sodium, troxidone, ethosuximide, sodium valproate); tinting agents (for example, acetophenazine maleate) , Salt and proma promazine hydrochloride), thioridazine hydrochloride, trifluoroperazine hydrochloride, lithium clavulanate, molindone hydrochloride, thiothixine hydrochloride ); Stimulants (for example, benzophenamine hydrochloride, dextroamphetamine sulfate, dextroamphetamine phosphate, diethylamine phenylacetone hydrochloride, fenfluramine hydrochloride, methamphetamine hydrochloride Gianphenphenamine, methylphenidate hydrochloride, phendimetrazine tartrate, benzomorpholine hydrochloride, carfiline citrate; barbitrates (for example, Sodium starch barbiturate, butyl barbiturate, secobarbital sodium); sedatives (eg, hydroxyethoxymazine hydrochloride, meprylon) •, cough Agents (for example, potassium iodide); antiemetics (for example, benzquinamide hydrochloride, metoclopropamide hydrochloride ), Tricresylamine hydrochloride); gastrointestinal drugs (such as ranitidine hydrochloride); heavy metal antagonists (such as penicillamine, penicillamine hydrochloride); antithyroid drugs ( For example, Mesimazol (34 paper sizes are applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210x 297 mm) (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) — — — — — — — I ^ · I 1 ----- ^ A7 1227144 ____ B7_________ 5. Description of the invention () methimazole)); urogenital smooth muscle relaxants (such as flaxoxate hydrochloride); vitamins (such as thiamine hydrochloride, ascorbic acid); not Classified medicaments (e.g. amantadine hydrochloride, cholchicine, etidronate disodium, leucovorin bromide, methylene blue, potassium chloride, chlorophosphorus定 (pralidoxime chloride)). The above listed agents are not intended to be the only ones. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS The following examples illustrate various aspects of the invention. However, these examples are not to be construed as limiting the scope of the patentable invention of the present invention in any way. Example 1-2 Effect of Drug: Gum Ratio on Formula In Examples 1-2, the sustained release excipient according to the present invention is first prepared, followed by the addition of a drug (thiazepine in this example) and A pH adjuster (in this case, fumaric acid), and finally the final mixture is made into a tablet. The sustained release excipient was dry blended with the required amounts of xanthan gum, locust bean gum, and dextrose in a high speed mixer / granulator for three minutes. When using a shredder / pusher, add water to the dry blended mixture and perform pelletizing for an additional three minutes. Next, the granulated product is dried in a fluidized bed dryer to an LOD (drying loss) of less than about 10% by weight (e.g., about 4 to 7% LOD). Then, use a 20 mesh sieve to grind and distribute the granules to a 35-sheet paper size ϋ Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) --- (Please read the precautions on the back first (Fill in this page again) Install -------- Order ---------- Line 1227144 A7 B7 Ingredients 1.  Xanthan Gum 2.  Locust Bean Swell 3.  Dextrose 4.  Water 5. Description of the invention (in the granulator. The ingredients of the granules of Examples 1-2 are shown in Table 1 below. Table 1 Preparation amount of sustained release excipient (%)-Example 1 amount (%)- Example 2 20 12 30 18 50 70 30 25 Next, the required amounts of thiazepine, fumaric acid, and an appropriate amount of water were mixed in a propeller type mixer for five minutes to form a slurry ( shiny). Then, the slurry was added to the continuous release excipient at a one-minute interval in the granulator, which was performed with a low-speed pusher. Then, a shredder and a pusher were used for 2 minutes at high speed The mixture is granulated (extra water and granulation time can be used to form the appropriate granules), and the resulting granules are dried in a fluidized bed dryer until its L 0 DL system is below 5%, and Mill with a hammer forward at 2000 to 300 Or pm. The milled particles are then placed in a V-blender with sodium lauryl sulfate and stirred for an additional three minutes. A suitable ingot Lubricant (Pruv®, sodium stearyl fumarate, NF, commercially available from Penwest P Harmaceuticals Co.) was added, and the mixture was stirred for an additional three minutes. Then, the obtained granules were pressed into a tablet using a capsule-shaped punch. This final mixture was made into a tablet of about 768 Mg. The ingredients of the tablets of Example 1 to 2 are shown in the following Table 2: 36 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling (This page)-Packing -------- Order --------- Line 1 1227144 B7 V. Description of the invention () Table 2 Lozenge Formula One Example 1-2 Ingredient Amount (%) Amount (Mg / tablet) 1. Sustained-release vehicle 52. 1 400. 0 2Sulfur and nitrogen 31. 3 240. 0 3. Fumaric acid 5. 2 40. 0 4. Sodium lauryl sulfate 10. 4 80. 0 5.  Pmv® (stearyl fumarate 1. 0 8. 0 nanometers) 6. Water * 27. 5 0. 0 * Removed during processing The final tablet has a tablet weight of 678 mg and a hardness of 15 K p. Then, dissolution test was performed on the tablets of Examples 1-2. The dissolution test was performed in 900 ml of water in an automated USP dissolution apparatus (Paddle II, 100 rpm), and the amount of drug released was via ultraviolet Analysis. The dissolution results in this test tube are shown in Figure 1 and Table 3 below. Table 3 Time (hours) Example 1 Dissolution) Example 2 (% mmi 〇 0. 0 〇. 〇37 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -------- ^ ------- -$ 1 1227144 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (1 13. 4 8. 3 2 19. 0 12. 4 4 28. 4 18. 4 8 40. 9 29. 0 12 52. 3 38. 2 16 63. 1 44. 4 2 0 70. 1 49. 9 24 78. 2 55. 3 From the results provided in Figures 1 and 3, it is clear that the release rate of thiazepine is slower as the amount of gum in the formulation increases. Examples 3-4 Effects of the ratio of gum = dextrose In Examples 3-4, the sustained release excipient was prepared according to the procedure described in Example-2. The components of the sustained release excipients of Examples 3 to 4 are shown in Table 4 below: Table 4 Ingredients Amount: (%)-Example 3 Amount (%)-Example 41 1. Xanthan gum 12 20 2. Locust Bean Gum 18 30 3 · Dextrose 70 50 4 · Water * 25 35 * After being removed during processing, the thiazemone tablet is prepared as follows: The required amount of thiazemone, transbutene The diacid and the sustained release excipient were placed in a granulator and mixed for three minutes at low speed. Put 38 on the pusher (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) ------------- Order --- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297) Love) A7 1227144 _ B7 _____ — ---------- -------------------- 1 'V. Description of the invention () During low speed, Water is added at 2 minute intervals (extra water and granulation time can be used to form appropriate granules). The granules obtained are then dried in a fluidized bed dryer until their LOD ratio is below 5% 'and using a sieve # 0 0 50 with a hammer forward at 2000 to 3000 rpm Milled. The milled granules were then placed in a V-blender with sodium lauryl sulfate and stirred for 10 minutes. A suitable tablet lubricant (Pmv®, sodium stearyl fumarate, NF, commercially available from Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co. ) Was added, and the mixture was stirred for an additional 5 minutes. Then, the obtained pellets were pressed into a tablet by using a capsule-shaped punch. This final mixture is made into tablets of about 750 mg. The ingredients of the tablets of Examples 3 to 4 are shown in the following Table 5: Table 5 Ingredients of Formulation Example 3-4 of Floss Formula Amount (%) _ Amount (mg / tablet) 1. Sustained release excipients 53,3 400. 0 2 Thiaziridone 32. 0 240. 0 3. Fumaric acid 8. 0 60. 0 4. Sodium lauryl sulfate 5. 3 40. 0 5.  Pmv® (stearyl transbutene di 1. 3 10. 0 sodium) 6. Water * 27. 5 0. 0 was removed during processing.The final lozenge had 7 5 0. 0 mg tablet weight and 15 Kp hardness. Then, the dissolution test was performed on the tablets of Examples 3 to 4. The dissolution test was performed on 39 papers in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 & (210 X 297 mm) ~ " -------- --- · installation -------- tr ---------- line · (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 1227144 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention 250 ml of buffer (p Η 6) was performed in an automated US P dissolution apparatus (Paddle III, 15 CPM), and the drug release amount (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The analysis was performed by ultraviolet analysis. The dissolution results in this test tube are shown in the following Figure 2 and Table 6. Table 6 Time (hours) Example 3 (% dissolved funeral) Example 4 (% dissolved) 0 0. 0 0. 0 1 20. 1 14. 3 3 36. 5 25. 2 8 64. 7 45. 5 12 88. 3 57. 2 16 102. 2 67. 4 24 103. 6 86. 2 From the results provided in Figure 2 and Table 6, it is clear that when the amount of gum relative to the amount of dextrose increases, the drug release is observed to slow down relatively. Examples 5-6 Effects of Types of Surfactants In Examples 5-6, sustained release excipients were prepared according to the procedures described in Examples 1-2. The components of the sustained release excipients of Examples 5-6 are shown in Table 7 below: Table 7 Ingredients Amount (%)-Examples 5-6 1. Xanthan gum 40 12 This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 x 297 mm) 1227144 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (2) Locust bean gum 18 3. Dextrose 70 4. Water * 25 * After being removed during the treatment, the thiazepine ketone tablets are prepared as follows: The required amounts of thiazolidinone, fumaric acid and an appropriate amount of water are mixed in a propeller type mixer Five minutes to form a slurry. The slurry was then added to the sustained release excipient in the granulator at one minute intervals, which was performed with a low speed impeller. Next, the mixture is granulated with a shredder and a pusher at high speed for 2 minutes (extra water and granulation time can be used to form appropriate granules), and the obtained granules are dried in a fluidized bed dryer Medium, until its LOD series is below 5%, and mill with 2000 to 3000 rp m forward with a hammer. The milled granules of Example 5 were then placed in a V-blender with sodium lauryl sulfate, and the milled granules of Example 6 were placed in a V-shape with docusate sodium Stir and stir for an additional 10 minutes. A suitable tableting lubricant (Pnw®, sodium stearyl fumarate, NF) is commercially available from Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co. ) Was added and the mixture was stirred for another three minutes. Then, the obtained granules were pressed into a tablet using a capsule-shaped punch. This final mixture is made into tablets of about 8 4 8 mg. The ingredients of the tablets of Examples 5-6 are shown in the following Table 8: Table 8 Formulation of tablets-Examples 5-6 41 This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21 × 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -------- ^ ---------- ^^ A7 1227144 _B7 V. Description of the invention () Composition (%) (implementation) Example amount (%) (Example 5) 6) 1. Sustained release excipients47. 2 47. 2 2 Thiazepine 28. 3 28. 3 3. Fumaric acid 14. 2 14. twenty four. Sodium lauryl sulfate 9. 4 N / A 5. Docusate sodium (Docusate N / A 9. 4 Sodium) 6Pmv® (stearyl transbutene di 0. 9 0. 9 Sodium) 7. Water * 26. 5 26. 5 * Amount removed during processing (mg / sharp (mg / lozenge)) (Example 5) (Example 6) 1. Sustained-release vehicle 400. 0 400. 0.2 2 Thiazemone 240. 0 240. 0 3. Fumaric acid 120. 0 120. 0 4. Sodium lauryl sulfate 80. 0 N / A 5Pmv® (stearyl transbutene di N / A 80. 0 sodium) 6. Water * 8. 0 8. 0 -------- ^ --------- 1 (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) The final tablet has 8 4 8. 0 mg tablet weight and 15 K p hardness. Then, dissolution test was performed on the tablets of Examples 5 to 6. The dissolution test was performed in 900 ml of water in an automated USP dissolution apparatus (Paddle II, 100 rpm), and the drug release amount was measured by ultraviolet rays. Analysis. The dissolution results in this test tube are shown in Figure 3 and Table 9 below. 42 This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1227144 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (time (hours) Table 9 Example 5 (% dissolution) Example 6 (% dissolution) 0 0 . 0 0. 0 1 14. 0 12. 2 2 19. 3 18. 9 4 31. 3 29. 8 8 49. 5 47. 6 12 62. 7 61. 4 16 77. 0 73. 0 2〇 88. 5 83. 5 24 98. 6 89. 2 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Sustained-release excipients are the sustained-release excipients according to Example 1 Examples 7-8 Table 10 Amount (%)-Example 7-8 12 43 From the results provided in Fig. 3 and Table 9, it is obvious that the release rates of thiazemone are similar for sodium lauryl sulfate and docusate sodium in equal proportion. However, the formulation is indeed better with sodium lauryl sulfate. Examples 7-8 Effect of surfactant content The ingredients prepared in the procedure described in Examples 7-8-2 are not more than the following Table 10 Ingredients 1. Xanthan Gum-Packing -------- Order ---------- Line 1 Paper Size Applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210 X 297 mm) 1227144 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () 2. Locust Bean Gum 18 3. Dextrose 70 4 · Water * 25 * After being removed during the treatment, the thiazepine ketone tablet is prepared as follows: The required amount of thiazepine ketone, fumaric acid and an appropriate amount of water are advanced A mixer-type mixer was mixed for five minutes to form a slmry. The slurry was then added to the continuous release excipient in the granulator at one minute intervals, which was performed with a low speed pusher. Next, the mixture is granulated with a shredder and a pusher at high speed for 2 minutes (extra water and granulation time can be used to form appropriate granules), and the obtained granules are dried in a fluidized bed dryer Medium until its L 0 D series is below 5% and milled forward with a hammer at 2000 to 3000 rpm. The milled particles were then placed in a V-blender with sodium lauryl sulfate and stirred for 10 minutes. A suitable tableting lubricant (Pmv®, sodium stearyl fumarate, NF, commercially available from Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co.) was added and the mixture was stirred for an additional three minutes. Then, the obtained pellets were pressed into a tablet using a capsule-shaped punch. This final mixture is made into tablets of approximately 768 mg. The ingredients of the tablets of Examples 7-8 are shown in the following Table 11: Table 11 1 Table formulation 1 Example 7-8 ingredients.  Amount (%) (Example amount (%) (Example 44) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) | -------- Order -------- · Line j A7 1227144 _B7 V. Description of the invention () 7) 8) 1. Sustained-release vehicle 52. 1 54. 9 2.Thiazetone 31. 3 33. 0 3. Fumaric acid 5. 2 5. 5 4. Sodium lauryl sulfate 10. 4 5. 5 5 Pruv® (Stearyl Butene Di 1. 0 1. 1 Sodium) 6 · Water * 27. 5 27. 5 * Removed during processing (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Ingredient Amount (mg / Lozenge (mg / Lozenge)) (Example 7) (Example 8) 1. Sustained-release vehicle 400. 0 400. 0.2 2 Thiazemone 240. 0 240. 0 3. Fumaric acid 40. 0 40. 0 4. Sodium lauryl sulfate 80. 0 40. 0 5.  Pnw® (stearyl transbutene di 8. 0 8. (Sodium 0) The final lozenge of Example 7 has 76.8. A tablet weight of 0 mg and a hardness of 15 K p. The final lozenge of Example 8 has 7 2 8. The tablet weight of 0 milligrams applies to the Chinese paper standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) at 45 paper sizes. 1227144 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (and the hardness of 15 κ P. (Please read the back of the paper first) Note: Please fill in this page again.) Then, dissolution test was performed on the tablets of Examples 7-8. The dissolution test was performed in 900 ml of water in an automated USP dissolution apparatus (Paddle II, 100 rpm), and The amount of drug released was analyzed by UV analysis. The dissolution results in this test tube are shown in Figure 4 and Table 12 below. Table 1 2 Time (hours) Example 7 (% dissolution) Example 8 (° / 〇 Dissolved) 〇0. 0 0. 0 1 13. 4 18. 5 2 19. 0 28. 2 4 28. 4 40. 1 8 40. 9 56. 1 12 52. 3 67. 6 16 63. 1 77. 7 2 0 70. 1 83. 8 24 78. 2 90. 5 From the results provided in Fig. 4 and Table 12, it is clear that the release rate of thioazetone is inversely proportional to the surfactant content. Example 9-Effect of fumaric acid content In Examples 9-10, a sustained release excipient was prepared according to the procedure described in Examples 1-12. Example 9 The ingredients of the one-form agent are shown in the following table 13: 46 10 Sustained release The paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1227144 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (Ingredient 12 18 70 25 Table 1 (%)-Example 9 ii. 1. Xanthan Gum 2 Locust Bean Gum 3 Dextrose 4. Water * * After being removed during the process, the thiazepine acetonite is prepared as follows: The required amount of thiazepine, fumaric acid, and an appropriate amount of water are mixed in a propeller type mixer. Minutes to form a slurry. The purple was then added to the holding release vehicle in a granulator at one minute intervals, which was performed with a low speed pusher. Next, the mixture is granulated with a shredder and a pusher at high speed for 2 minutes (extra water and granulation time can be used to form appropriate granules), and the obtained granules are dried in a fluidized bed dryer Medium, until its LOD series is below 5%, and milled forward with a hammer at 2000 to 3000 rpm. The milled granules were then placed in a V-blender with sodium lauryl sulfate and stirred for 10 minutes. A suitable ingot lubricant (Pmv®, sodium stearyl fumarate, NF, commercially available from Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co.) was added and the mixture was stirred for an additional three minutes. Then, the obtained pellets were pressed into a tablet using a capsule-shaped punch. This final mixture is made into tablets of about 8 4 8 mg. Example 9 The composition of the 10 tablets is shown in the following Table 14: Table 1 4 47 This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ------- -^ --------- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 1227144 A7 B7 V. Description of the Invention (Ingredients, Tablets Formula 1 Example 9-10 Amount (%) (Example Amount (%) (Example 9) 1.  Sustained release excipients 2.  Thiazepine 3.  Fumaric acid4.Sodium lauryl sulfate 5.  Pmv® (Sodium stearyl fumarate) * Sodium stearyl fumarate 6. Water * * Removed during processing 47. 2 28. 3 14. 2 9. 4 0. 9 10) 52. 1 31. 3 5. 2 10. 4 1. 0 26. 5 26. 5 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Ingredient 1.  Sustained release excipients 2.  Thiazepine 3.  Fumaric acid 4.  Sodium lauryl sulfate 5 · Pruv® * (mg / lozenge) amount (mg / lozenge) (Example 9) 400. 0 240. 0 120. 0 80. 0 8. 0 (Example 11 0) 400. 0 240. 0 40. 0 80. 0 8. 0: Sodium The final lozenge of Example 9 had a lozenge weight of 84.8 mg and a hardness of 15 Kp. The final lozenge of Example 10 had a lozenge weight of 76.8 mg and a hardness of 15 Kp. Then, dissolution test was performed on the tablets of Example 9-10. The dissolution test was performed in 900 ml of water in an automated US P dissolution apparatus (Paddle II, 100 rpm), and the drug release amount was based on After 48 paper sizes, the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) is applied. 1227144 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (Analysis by UV analysis. The dissolution results in this test tube are shown in Figure 5 and Table 1 below Table 1. Time (hours) Example 9 (% dissolved) Example 1 0 (% dissolved) 0 0. 0 0. 0 1 14. 0 13. 4 2 19. 3 19. 0 4 31. 3 28. 4 8 49. 5 40. 9 12 62. 7 52. 3 16 77. 0 63. 1 2 0 88. 5 70. 1 24 98. 6 78. 2 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) From the results provided in Figure 5 and Table 1, it is obvious that the release rate of the drug is increased when the amount of fumaric acid in the formula increases. increase. Examples 11-12 Addition of Special Granular Drugs In Examples 1-12, the sustained release excipients were prepared according to the procedures described in Examples 1-12. The ingredients of the sustained release excipients of Examples 1 1 and 12 are shown in Table 16 below: Ingredient 1.  Xanthan Gum 2.  Locust Bean Gum Table 16 Amount (〇 / 〇-Example 11-12 12 18 49 This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) A7 1227144 ____B7 _ V. Description of the invention () 3) . Dextrose 70 4 · Water * 25 * After being removed during the treatment, the thiazepine tablet was prepared as follows. In Example 11, the required amount of thiazepine, fumarate The acid and an appropriate amount of water were mixed in a propeller-type mixer for five minutes to form a slurry. The slurry was then added to the sustained release excipient in a granulator at one minute intervals, which was performed on a low speed impeller. Next, the mixture is granulated with a shredder and a pusher at high speed for 2 minutes (extra water and granulation time can be used to form appropriate granules), and the obtained granules are dried in a fluidized bed dryer Medium until its LOD actinide is below 5% and milled forward with a hammer at 2000 to 3000 rp m. The milled granules were then placed in a V-blender with sodium lauryl sulfate and stirred for 10 minutes. A suitable tableting lubricant (Pmv®, sodium stearyl fumarate, NF, commercially available from Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co.) was added and the mixture was stirred for an additional three minutes. Then, the obtained pellets were pressed into a tablet by using a capsule-shaped punch. This final mixture is made into a tablet of about 848 mg. In Example 12, a portion of diltiazem, fumaric acid, and an appropriate amount of water were mixed in a propeller type mixer for five minutes to form a slurry. The slurry was then added to the sustained release excipient in a granulator at one minute intervals, which was performed with a low speed pusher. Next, use a shredder and a pusher at high speed for 2 minutes to make the mixed 50 paper size applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ----------- load- ------- Order ---------- Line (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 1227144 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention Granulation time can be used to form appropriate granules), and then the granules obtained are dried in a fluidized bed dryer until its LOD ratio is below 5%, with a hammer forward at 2000 to 300 rpm Milled. The milled granules were then placed in a V-blender with sodium lauryl sulfate and stirred for 10 minutes. A suitable ingot lubricant (Pnmv®, sodium stearyl fumarate, NF, commercially available from Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co.) was added, and the mixture was stirred for an additional three minutes. Then, the obtained granules were pressed into a tablet using a capsule-shaped punch. This final mixture is made into tablets of about 8 4 8 mg. The ingredients of the tablets of Example 1 1-12 are shown in the following Table 17: Table 17 7 Formulation of the tablet 1 Example 11-12 The amount of ingredient σ〇u Example 1 amount) (Example 1 1) 2 ) 1. Sustained release excipients47. 2 47. 2 2 · Thionazinone (granular) 28. 3 18. 4 3 · Thiazepine (especially granular) N / A 9. 9 4. Fumaric acid 14. 2 14. 2 5 sodium lauryl sulfate 9. 4 9. 4 6. Pruv® (stearyl fumarate 0. 9 0. 9 sodium) 7. Water * 26. 5 25. 0 * Removed during processing Ingredient i (mg / tablet) Amount (mg / tablet (Example 11)) (Example 12) 1. Sustained-release vehicle 400. 0 400. 0 2 · Thiazazone (granular) 240. 0 156. 0 51 This paper size is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page)

裝--------訂----------線I A7 1227144 __B7 五、發明說明() 3·硫氮簞酮(特別顆粒狀) N/A 84.0 4.反丁烯二酸 120.0 120.0 5.月桂基硫酸鈉 80.0 80.0 6 · Pruv®* 8.0 8.0 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) *硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉 實施例1 1之最終錠劑具有8 4 8 · 0毫克的鏡劑重 量以及1 5 K p的硬度。 實施例1 2之最終錠劑具有8 4 8 . 0毫克的錠劑重 量以及1 5 K p的硬度。 然後,對實施例1 1 - 1 2的錠劑進行溶解測試,溶 解測試是在9 0 0毫升的水中於一個自動化U S P溶解儀 器(Paddle II型,100 rpm)內進行,且藥物的釋放量係經 由紫外線分析法進行分析。此試管內溶解結果係示於下列 圖6及表1 8中· 表1 8 時間(小時) 實施例1 1 (¾溶解)MM11 2 (¾溶解) 0 0.0 0.0 1 14.2 32.6 2 19.3 35.5 4 31.3 48.7 8 49.5 66.4 12 62.7 78.5 16 77.0 85.2 20 88.5 89.2 24 98.6 94.6 由圖6與表1 8所提供的結果來看,顯示添加特別顆 粒狀的硫氮罩酮會造成大約3 5 %的最初爆發。很明顯的 ,添加一百分比之特別顆粒狀的藥物會提供一最初的快速 釋放,亦如圖7所75隨時間由實施例1 1與1 2劑型中硫 52 木紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) —---- A7 B7 量(% )-實施例1 3 — 1 « 12 18 70 25 1227144 五、發明說明() 氮簞酮的%釋放速率而獲得證實。 窨施例1 3 — 1 8 以县有氤氢化鈉的Eudragit L30D55塗覆錠劑之影 1 在實施例1 3 - 1 8中,持續釋放賦形劑係根據實施 例1 一 2中所述程序來製備。實施例1 3 - 1 8的持續釋 放賦形劑之成分係示於下表19: 表1 9 成分 1.黃原膠 2·刺槐豆膠 3·右旋糖 4.水* *在處理期間被除去 之後,硫氮箪酮錠劑係如下述製備:Equipment -------- Order ---------- Line I A7 1227144 __B7 V. Description of the invention () 3. Thiaziridone (especially granular) N / A 84.0 4. Butan Maleic acid 120.0 120.0 5. Sodium lauryl sulfate 80.0 80.0 6 · Pruv® * 8.0 8.0 (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) * The final ingot of sodium stearyl fumarate Example 1 1 The agent has a lens weight of 84.8 mg and a hardness of 15 Kp. The final lozenge of Example 12 had a lozenge weight of 84.8 mg and a hardness of 15 Kp. Then, dissolution test was performed on the tablets of Examples 1 to 12. The dissolution test was performed in 900 ml of water in an automated USP dissolution apparatus (Paddle II, 100 rpm), and the drug release amount was based on The analysis was performed by ultraviolet analysis. The dissolution results in this test tube are shown in Figure 6 and Table 18 below. Table 18 Time (hours) Example 1 1 (¾ dissolved) MM11 2 (¾ dissolved) 0 0.0 0.0 1 14.2 32.6 2 19.3 35.5 4 31.3 48.7 8 49.5 66.4 12 62.7 78.5 16 77.0 85.2 20 88.5 89.2 24 98.6 94.6 From the results provided in Figure 6 and Table 18, it appears that the addition of a particularly granular thiazemone would cause about 35% of the initial burst. Obviously, adding a percentage of the special granular drug will provide an initial rapid release, as shown in Figure 75. Over time, the sulfur content in the dosage forms of Examples 1 1 and 12 is 52. The Chinese paper standard (CNS) ) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) —---- A7 B7 Amount (%)-Example 1 3 — 1 «12 18 70 25 1227144 V. Description of the invention () Azazone's% release rate was confirmed . Example 1 3 — 1 8 Coated tablets of Eudragit L30D55 with sodium hydride Sodium Hydrate 1 In Examples 1 3-18, the sustained release excipients were in accordance with the procedures described in Examples 1 to 2 To prepare. The ingredients of the sustained release excipients of Examples 1 3 to 18 are shown in the following Table 19: Table 1 9 Ingredients 1. Xanthan Gum 2. Locust Bean Gum 3. Dextrose 4. Water * * During the treatment period After removal, thiazepine tablets are prepared as follows:

將所需量之硫氮箪酮、反丁烯二酸以及持續釋放賦形 劑於一製粒器中以低速混合三分鐘,接著將一適量的水於 二分鐘間隔內加入,其以低速推動器進行。接著,以切碎 機與推動器於高速下7.5分鐘使所得到的漿狀物製成顆粒 (額外的水以及製粒時間可用於形成適當的顆粒),然後 將所得到的顆粒乾燥於一流體化床乾燥器中,直到其L〇 D値係低於5% ,並使用篩#〇〇50以榔頭向前以20 〇◦至3000rp m碾磨。經碾磨的顆粒狀物接著被置 於具有月桂基硫酸鈉的V型攪拌器中並攪拌1 〇分鐘。一 種合適的製錠潤滑劑(pruv®,硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉,N 53 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ^--------^----------線一 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) •ΚΙ 1227144 _ Β7 _ 五、發明說明() F,商業上可獲得自Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co·)係被加 入,且將該混合物另外攪拌5分鐘。然後,使用一膠囊狀 的打孔機將所得到的顆粒狀物加壓製成爲錠劑。此最終混 合物係製成錠劑約7 5 0毫克。 實施例1 3 - 1 8的錠劑之成分係示於下表2 0中: 表2 0 锭劑配方一實施例13-18 成分 量(% ) 1.持續釋放賦形劑 53.3 2·硫氮罩酮(顆粒狀) 32.0 3. 反丁烯二酸 8.0 4. 月桂基硫酸納 5.3Mix the required amounts of thiazepine, fumaric acid and sustained release excipients in a granulator at low speed for three minutes, then add an appropriate amount of water at two minute intervals, which is driven at low speed器 proceed. Next, the obtained slurry is granulated with a shredder and a pusher at a high speed of 7.5 minutes (extra water and granulation time can be used to form appropriate granules), and the obtained granules are dried in a fluid In a bed dryer, until its LOD series is below 5%, use a sieve # 0050 to grind with a hammer forward from 200 to 3000 rpm. The milled granules were then placed in a V-blender with sodium lauryl sulfate and stirred for 10 minutes. A suitable ingot lubricant (pruv®, sodium stearyl fumarate, N 53 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) ^ -------- ^ ---- ------ Line 1 paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) • KI 1227144 _ Β7 _ 5. Description of the invention () F, commercially available from Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co •) was added and the mixture was stirred for an additional 5 minutes. Then, the obtained granules were pressed into a tablet using a capsule-shaped punch. This final mixture is made into tablets of about 750 mg. The ingredients of the tablets of Example 1 3-1 8 are shown in the following table 20: Table 20 Formulation of tablets 1 Example 13-18 Ingredient amount (%) 1. Sustained release excipient 53.3 2 · Sulfur nitrogen Ketone (granular) 32.0 3. Fumaric acid 8.0 4. Sodium lauryl sulfate 5.3

5. Pruv® (硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉 U ) 6·水* 27.0 *在處理期間被除去 量毫克/錠劑) 1 ·持續釋放賦形劑 400.0 2·硫氮簞酮(顆粒狀) 240.0 3·反丁烯二酸 60.0 54 ί紙張尺度國家標準(cns)A4規格(21〇 χ 297公爱_) - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝 訂----------線·· A7 1227144 ______B7___ 五、發明說明() 4·月桂基硫酸鈉 40.0 5 · Pruv® (硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉) 10.0 最終錠劑具有7 5 0 · 0毫克的錠劑重量以及1 5 K P 的硬度。 然後,以具有氫氧化鈉的Eudragit L30D55水性懸浮 液塗覆核心錠劑,以得到基於錠劑總重量之3% 、5% 、 7 %及9 % (實施例1 5 — 1 8)的增加重量。 該水性懸浮液係以下列程序來製備: 1 · 0 N的氫氧化鈉溶液之製備,係藉由加入4 . 〇公 克的氫氧化鈉至一體積計量的燒瓶內的5 〇毫升純水中, 並攪拌5至1 5分鐘而得。接著,將純水加至必要的體積 且再次混合。 滑石懸浮液之製備,係藉由將9 . 3 1公克的檸檬酸 三乙酯在攪拌時緩慢加入2 0 2 . 5 4公克的純水中而得。 當持續攪拌時,將2 2 _ 2公克的滑石在3分鐘間隔內加入 容器中,該容器攪拌直到一懸浮液形成爲止。 接著,將Eudragit通過#40網目的篩並抨重2 9 4 . 5 2公克來製備Eudmgit懸浮液。使用一滴管,將1 . 7 8 公克的1 . 0 N氫氧化鈉溶液在攪拌時加入Eudragit中, 使混合物攪拌3 0至6 0分鐘。 當攪拌Eudragit懸浮液時,將滑石懸浮液在五分鐘期 間內加入並攪拌3 0至6 0分鐘。5. Pruv® (sodium stearyl fumarate U) 6 · Water * 27.0 * Mill / Lozenges removed during processing 1 · Sustained release excipient 400.0 2 · Thiazetone (granular) ) 240.0 3 · Fumaric acid 60.0 54 ί Paper size national standard (cns) A4 specification (21〇χ 297 公 爱 _)-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Binding ----- ----- Line ·· A7 1227144 ______B7___ 5. Description of the invention () 4 · Sodium lauryl sulfate 40.0 5 · Pruv® (Sodium stearyl fumarate) 10.0 The final lozenge has 7 5 0 · 0 mg The weight of the tablet and the hardness of 15 KP. Then, the core lozenge was coated with Eudragit L30D55 aqueous suspension with sodium hydroxide to obtain a weight increase of 3%, 5%, 7%, and 9% (Examples 15 to 18) based on the total weight of the lozenge. . The aqueous suspension was prepared according to the following procedure: A 1.0 N sodium hydroxide solution was prepared by adding 4.0 g of sodium hydroxide to 50 ml of pure water in a volumetric flask, And stir for 5 to 15 minutes. Next, add pure water to the necessary volume and mix again. The talc suspension is prepared by slowly adding 9.31 grams of triethyl citrate to 20.54 grams of pure water while stirring. While stirring continuously, 2 2-2 grams of talc was added to the container at intervals of 3 minutes, and the container was stirred until a suspension was formed. Next, Eudragit was passed through a # 40 mesh sieve and 294.52 grams was weighed to prepare an Eudemgit suspension. Using a dropper, 1.78 grams of a 1.0 N sodium hydroxide solution was added to Eudragit while stirring, and the mixture was stirred for 30 to 60 minutes. When the Eudragit suspension is stirred, the talc suspension is added over a period of five minutes and stirred for 30 to 60 minutes.

對實施例1 3 - 1 8的錠劑進行溶解測試,溶解測試 是在2 5 0毫升的緩衝液(pH 6)中於一個自動化US 55 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -----------^--------^---------- (請先閒讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7 1227144 ___ B7_ 五、發明說明() P溶解儀器(Paddle II型,15CPM)內進行,且藥物的釋 放量係經由紫外線分析法進行分析。此試管內溶解結果係 示於下列圖8及表2 1中: 表2 1 ------------·裝 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 時間(小時 實施例1 6 實施例1 7 ___»施例1 8 批號B (5%塗覆批號B (7%塗覆批號B (9%塗覆 物) 物) 物) 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 1.9 0.4 0.4 3 13.8 11.1 8.9 8 44.1 36.3 27.5 12 63.4 54.4 41.8 16 82.4 77.7 56.8 24 98.3 99.6 84.6 由圖8與表21所提供的結果來看 ,很明顯的是:當 •線0. 時間(小時 實施例1 3 實施例1 4 __實施例1 5 批號A(無塗覆 批號B(無塗覆 批號A (3%塗覆 物) 物) 物) 〇 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 18.4 18.0 5.4 3 32.6 32.8 16.0 8 59.8 60.2 48.9 12 80.5 77.9 68.2 16 92.3 93.9 89.6 24 93.7 98.4 99.0 塗覆物的量(以重量計)增加時,釋放速率會降低。 實施例1 9 一 2 0 以 Eudragit RS30D/RL30D ( 50/50)(甲某丙烯酸銨共 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297公釐) 1227144 a7 _ B7__ 五、發明說明() 聚物之水彳生分散液)塗覆錠劑之景多響 在實施例19-2 0中’持續釋放賦形劑係根據實施 例1 一 2中所述程序來製備。實施例1 9及2 0的持續釋 放賦形劑之成分係示於下表2 2 : 表2 2 成分 量)-實施例m η 1.黃原膠 12 2·刺槐豆膠 18 3. 右旋糖 70 4. 水* 25 *在處理期間被除去 之後,硫氮簞酮錠劑係如下述製備: 將所需量之硫氮蓽酮、反丁烯二酸以及持續釋放賦形 劑於一製粒器中以低速混合三分鐘,接著將一適量的水於 二分鐘間隔內加入,其以低速推動器進行。接著,以切碎 機與推動器於高速下6分鐘使所得到的漿狀物製成顆粒( 額外的水以及製粒時間可用於形成適當的顆粒)’然後將 所得到的顆粒乾燥於一流體化床乾燥器中,直到其L〇D 値係低於5 % ,並使用篩# 0 0 5 0以榔頭向前以2 〇 〇 ◦至3 0 〇 〇 r p m碾磨。經碾磨的顆粒狀物接著被置於 具有月桂基硫酸鈉的V型攪拌器中並攪拌1 0分鐘。一種 合適的製錠潤滑劑(Ρηιν®,硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉’ N F ’商業上可獲得自Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co·)係被加入 ’且將該混合物另外攪拌3分鐘。然後,使用一膠囊狀的 57 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) t--------^--------- A7 1227144 ____B7___ 五、發明說明() 打孔機將所得到的顆粒狀物加壓製成爲錠劑。此最終混合 物係製成錠劑約5 0毫克。 實施例1 9 一 2 0的錠劑之成分係示於下表2 3中: 表2 3 锭劑配方一實施例19 一£1 成分 量(% ) 量(毫克/錠 劑) 1.持續釋放賦形劑 53.3 400.0 2·硫氮箪酮(顆粒狀) 32.0 240.0 3.反丁烯二酸 8.0 60.0 4·月桂基硫酸鈉 5.3 40.0 5 · Pruv® (硬脂基反丁烯二 1.3 10.0 酸鈉) 6.水* 27.0 0.0 *在處理期間被除去 最終錠劑具有750.0毫克的錠劑重量以及15 K p的硬 度。 然後,以具有氫氧化鈉的Euckagit RS30D/RL30D ( 50/50 )之水性懸浮液塗覆核心錠劑,以得到基於錠劑總 重量之8 %的增加重量。 該水性懸浮液係以下列程序來製備:The dissolution test was performed on the tablets of Examples 1 3 to 18. The dissolution test was performed in an automated US 55 in 250 ml of buffer (pH 6). This paper is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ----------- ^ -------- ^ ---------- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) A7 1227144 ___ B7_ 5. Explanation of the invention () P dissolution instrument (Paddle II, 15CPM), and the drug release amount is analyzed by ultraviolet analysis method. The dissolution results in this test tube are shown in the following Figure 8 and Table 21: Table 2 1 ------------ · Packing (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Time (hours Example 1 6 Example 1 7 ___ »Example 1 8 Lot B (5% coated lot B (7% coated lot B (9% coated))) 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 1.9 0.4 0.4 3 13.8 11.1 8.9 8 44.1 36.3 27.5 12 63.4 54.4 41.8 16 82.4 77.7 56.8 24 98.3 99.6 84.6 From the results provided in Figure 8 and Table 21, it is obvious that: • Line 0. Time (hour Example 1 3 Implementation Example 1 4 __ Example 1 5 Lot No. A (Uncoated Lot No. B (No Coated Lot No. A (3% coated))) 〇 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 18.4 18.0 5.4 3 32.6 32.8 16.0 8 59.8 60.2 48.9 12 80.5 77.9 68.2 16 92.3 93.9 89.6 24 93.7 98.4 99.0 When the amount (by weight) of the coating is increased, the release rate will decrease. Example 1 9 2 2 0 Eudragit RS30D / RL30D (50/50) (A certain The standard of ammonium acrylate paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 x 297 mm) 1227144 a7 _ B7__ V. Description of the invention () The water-emulsion dispersion) Jing Duoxiang of coated tablets was prepared in Example 19-2 0 according to the procedure described in Examples 1 to 2. Examples 19 and 20 The ingredients of the sustained-release excipients are shown in Table 2 below: Table 2 2 Ingredient Amount)-Example m η 1. Xanthan Gum 12 2 · Locust Bean Gum 18 3. Dextrose 70 4. Water * 25 * After being removed during the treatment, thiazepine tablets are prepared as follows: The required amounts of thiazepine, fumaric acid and sustained release excipients are mixed in a granulator at a low speed. Minutes, followed by the addition of an appropriate amount of water at a two-minute interval, which was performed with a low-speed impeller. Next, the obtained slurry was granulated with a shredder and impeller at high speed for 6 minutes (extra water And the granulation time can be used to form the appropriate granules) 'The granules obtained are then dried in a fluidized bed dryer until its LOD is less than 5%, and using a sieve # 0 0 5 0 with a hammer Mill forward at 2000 to 300 rpm. The milled granules were then placed in a V-blender with sodium lauryl sulfate and stirred for 10 minutes. A suitable ingot lubricant (Pηιν®, sodium stearyl fumarate ' ' NF " commercially available from Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co.) was added ' and the mixture was stirred for an additional 3 minutes. Then, use a 57-capsule paper size in the form of Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) t -------- ^ --------- A7 1227144 ____B7___ 5. Description of the invention () The punch will press the obtained granules into tablets. This final mixture is made into tablets of about 50 mg. The ingredients of Example 19-20 tablets are shown in Table 23 below: Table 2 3 Formulation of tablets 1 Example 19 Amount of ingredients (%) Amount (mg / tablet) 1. Sustained release Excipients 53.3 400.0 2 · thiazepine (granular) 32.0 240.0 3. fumaric acid 8.0 60.0 4 · sodium lauryl sulfate 5.3 40.0 5 · Pruv® (stearyl transbutene di 1.3 10.0 sodium ) 6. Water * 27.0 0.0 * Removed during processing. The final lozenge has a lozenge weight of 750.0 mg and a hardness of 15 K p. The core lozenge was then coated with an aqueous suspension of Euckagit RS30D / RL30D (50/50) with sodium hydroxide to obtain an 8% weight increase based on the total weight of the lozenge. The aqueous suspension is prepared by the following procedure:

Endragit RS / RL懸浮液係藉由將1 〇 〇公克的 Eudragit RS與1 〇 〇公克的Eudragit RL混合而製備。 滑石懸浮液之製備,係藉由將1 2 · 0公克的檸檬酸 58 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 0 · I I I--I 1 訂· I I 111- 1227144 A7 _____B7 ___ 五、發明說明() 三乙酯在攪拌時緩慢加入3 3 8 · 0公克的純水中而得。當 持續攪拌時,將5 0 · 0公克的滑石在3分鐘間隔內加入容 器中’該谷益擾泮直到一懸浮液形成爲止。 接著’當攪拌Eudragit懸浮液時,將滑石懸浮液在五 分鐘期間內加入,將所得到的混合物攪拌3 0至6 0分鐘 並通過一個4 0網目的篩而濾。 對實施例1 9 - 2 0的錠劑進行溶解測試,溶解測試 是在900毫升的0.1NHC 1中於一個自動化USP溶 解儀器(Paddle II型,lOOrpm)內進行,且藥物的釋放量 係經由紫外線分析法進行分析。此試管內溶解結果係示於 下列圖9及表2 4中: 表2 4 時間(小時)實施例1 9 (8%塗覆物)Μ綱1 4 塗 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ο 3 5 8 0 2 4 6 0 4 IX IX 一—I 1—Η ΟΟ ΟΟ ly 5 3 9 3 8 9 1- 2 ο 1- rML······· ··· 3· 1 1 54415666 C2457899999 05.6.24.5.9.2.6.5.3 0.0· 1 46.7.42.7.7.1 CC124567789 裝--------訂----- 由圖9與表2 4所提供的結果來看,很明顯的是塗覆 物會降低釋放速率。 實施例2 1 - 2 3 以乙某纖維素塗覆錠劑之影響 59 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1227144 · a7 ____B7 __ 「 -- 五、發明說明() (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 在實施例2 1 - 2 3中’持續釋放賦形劑係根據實施 例1 一 2中所述程序來製備。實施例2 1 — 2 3的持續釋 放賦形劑之成分係示於下表2 5 : 表2 5 j分 量-實施例m 1.黃原膠 12 2·刺槐豆膠 18 3 ·右旋糖 70 4·水* 25 *在處理期間被除去 之後,硫氮箪酮錠劑係如下述製備: 將所需量之硫氮輦酮、反丁烯二酸以及持續釋放賦形 劑於一製粒器中以低速混合三分鐘,接著將一適量的水於 二分鐘間隔內加入,其以低速推動器進行。接著,以切碎 機與推動器於高速下3分鐘使所得到的漿狀物製成顆粒( 額外的水以及製粒時間可用於形成適當的顆粒),然後將 所得到的顆粒乾燥於一流體化床乾燥器中,直到其L〇D 値係低於5% ,並使用篩#0050以榔頭向前以200 〇至3 0 0 0 r p m碾磨。經碾磨的顆粒狀物接著被置於 具有月桂基硫酸鈉的V型攪拌器中並攪拌1 〇分鐘。一種 合適的製錠潤滑劑(Pmv®,硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉,N F ,商業上可獲得自Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co.)係被加入 ,且將該混合物另外攪拌3分鐘。然後,使用一膠囊狀的 60 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1227144 A7 • A/ __ _B7 __—- 五、發明說明() 打孔機將所得到的顆粒狀物加壓製成爲錠劑。此最’終混口 物係製成錠劑約7 5 0毫克。 實施例2 1 - 2 3的錠劑之成分係示於下表2 6中· 表2 6 錠劑配方—實施例2 1 — 成分 量) g(褢克/錠劑) 1 ·持續釋放賦形劑 53.3 400.0 2·硫氮羣酮(顆粒狀) 32.0 240.0 3 ·反丁烯二酸 8.0 60.0 4 ·月桂基硫酸納 5.3 40.0 5· Pruv® (硬脂基反丁烯二 酸鈉) 1.3 10.0 6.水* *在處理期間被除去 29.0 0.0The Endragit RS / RL suspension was prepared by mixing 1000 grams of Eudragit RS with 1000 grams of Eudragit RL. The talc suspension is prepared by applying 1 2 · 0 g of citric acid 58 paper size to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page ) 0 · II I--I 1 Order · II 111-1227144 A7 _____B7 ___ 5. Description of the invention () Triethyl ether is obtained by slowly adding 3 38 · 0 grams of pure water while stirring. While continuing to stir, 50.0 grams of talc was added to the container at intervals of 3 minutes. The valley was disturbed until a suspension was formed. Next 'while stirring the Eudragit suspension, the talc suspension is added over a period of five minutes, the resulting mixture is stirred for 30 to 60 minutes and filtered through a 40 mesh screen. The dissolution test was performed on the tablets of Examples 19-20. The dissolution test was performed in 900 ml of 0.1NHC 1 in an automated USP dissolution apparatus (Paddle II, 100 rpm), and the amount of drug released was via ultraviolet light. Analysis. The dissolution results in this test tube are shown in the following Figure 9 and Table 2 4: Table 2 4 Time (hours) Example 19 (8% coating) M Gang 1 4 Coating (Please read the precautions on the back before filling (This page) ο 3 5 8 0 2 4 6 0 4 IX IX I—I 1—Η ΟΟ ΟΟ ly 5 3 9 3 8 9 1- 2 ο 1- rML · ········· 3 · 1 1 54415666 C2457899999 05.6.24.5.9.2.6.5.3 0.0 · 1 46.7.42.7.7.1 CC124567789 Installation -------- Order ----- From the results provided in Figure 9 and Table 24, It is clear that the coating reduces the release rate. Example 2 1-2 3 The effect of coating tablets with cellulose cellulose B 59 The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1227144 · a7 ____B7 __ "-V. Description of the invention () (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) In Examples 2 1-2 3, the 'sustained release excipients were prepared according to the procedures described in Examples 1-2. Example 2 1-2 The ingredients of the sustained release excipients of 3 are shown in the following Table 2 5: Table 2 5 Component j-Example m 1. Xanthan Gum 12 2 · Locust Bean Gum 18 3 · Dextrose 70 4 · Water * 25 * After being removed during the treatment, the azathione tablet was prepared as follows: The required amounts of azathione, fumaric acid, and sustained release excipients were mixed in a granulator at low speed for three minutes Then, an appropriate amount of water is added at a two-minute interval, which is performed with a low-speed pusher. Then, the obtained slurry is granulated with a shredder and a pusher at high speed for 3 minutes (extra water and Granulation time can be used to form appropriate granules), and the granules obtained are then dried in a fluidized bed In a desiccator until its LOD is below 5% and milled using a sieve # 0050 with a hammer forward at 200 to 3000 rpm. The milled granules are then placed in a laurel Sodium sulphate in a V-blender and stirred for 10 minutes. A suitable ingot lubricant (Pmv®, sodium stearyl fumarate, NF, commercially available from Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co.) was used. Add and stir the mixture for an additional 3 minutes. Then, use a capsule of 60 paper sizes to apply Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1227144 A7 • A / __ _B7 __—- 5 2. Description of the invention () A punch machine presses the obtained granules into a tablet. The final mixture is made into a tablet of about 750 mg. Example 2 1-2 of 3 The ingredients are shown in the following Table 26. Table 2 6 Lozenge Formula-Example 2 1-Ingredient Amount) g (grams / tablets) 1 · Sustained-release excipient 53.3 400.0 2 · Thiazetone (granule) Shape) 32.0 240.0 3 · Fumaric acid 8.0 60.0 4 · Sodium lauryl sulfate 5.3 40.0 5 · Pruv® (Stearyl fumaric acid ) 1.3 10.0 6. Water * 29.0 0.0 * removed during processing

最終錠劑具有7 5 0 . 0毫克的錠劑重量以及1 5 K Ρ的硬度。 然後,以乙基纖維素/Opadry ( 80/2〇 )的水丨生为目女 液塗覆核心錠劑,以得到基於錠劑總重量之4%及( 分別爲實施例2 2及2 3 )的增加重量。該水性分散液係 以下列程序來製備: 首先,將6 0公克的Opadry與3 4 0公克的水於〜合 適的容器中混合。當持續混合時,將9 4 4公克的乙基纖 維素加入Opadry分散液,所得到的混合物被攪拌3 〇至6 〇分鐘。 對實施例2 1 - 2 3的錠劑進行溶解測試,溶解測試 疋在2 5 0毫升的緩衝液(ρ Η 6 )中於一個自動化u s 61 ? 國家標準(CNS)A4 規格(210 X 297 公釐) ' —--- ^11 裝·--I----訂----- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 旅 4 A7 1227144 ______B7_ ___________ 一— 五、發明說明() P溶解儀器(Paddle III型,bCPM)內進行,且藥物的釋 放量係經由紫外線分析法進行分析。此試管內溶解結果係 示於下列圖1 0及表2 7中: 表2 7 麼間(小時) 實施例2 1 實施例2 2 實施例12-^ (無塗覆物) (4%塗覆物) (6%塗覆物) 〇 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 8.8 4.1 0.5 3 39.1 29.8 2.6 8 69.0 61.2 58.2 12 85.1 86.7 95.5 16 106.6 99.8 101.3 24 107.0 101.9 101.5 由圖1 0與表2 7所提供的結果來看,很明顯的是, 當塗覆物的量增加時,釋放速率會降低。 實施例2 4 - 2 5 在製造顆粒外加入賦形劑之影響 在實施例2 4 — 2 5中,持續釋放賦形劑係根據實施 例1 一 2中所述程序來製備。實施例2 4 - 2 5的持續釋 放賦形劑之成分係示於下表28: 表28 量(% )-實施例?. 4量-眚旆例? $ 12 12 62 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4^ (210 X 297公釐) "-- (請先閲讀背ώ之注意事項再填寫本頁) ^ --------^---------- 成分 1.黃原膠 1227144 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 2.刺槐豆膠 18 18 3 ·右旋糖 70 70 4.水* 25 25 *在處理期間被除去 再者,錠劑係根據表2 9的成分而製備且程序如下: 表2 9 成分 (%)實施毫克/錠(%)實施毫克/銳 例24 劑實施例例25 24 m 實施例25 1.持續釋放賦形劑 49.2 400.0 53.3 400.0 2 ·硫氮罩酮HC1 (intragranular 顆粒 狀) 19.2 156.0 32.0 240.0 3 ·硫氮罩酮HC1 (特別顆粒狀) 10.3 84.0 Ν/Α N/A 4.反丁烯二酸 14.8 120.0 8.0 60.0 5 .界面活性劑(SLS· Λ 4.9 40.0 5.3 40.0 ) 6.硬脂基反丁烯二酸 鈉,NF 1.6 13.0 1.3 10.0 7.水* *在處理期間被除去 27.0 0.0 27.0 0.0 實施例2 4最終錠劑具有8 1 3 . 0毫克的錠劑重量 以及1 5 K p的硬度。 實施例2 5最終錠劑具有7 5 0 . 0毫克的錠劑重量 63 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ^--------^----------. (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7 1227144 _B7__ 五、發明說明()_ 以及1 5 K p的硬度。 實施例2 4 - 2 5的配方係如下述製備: 將所需量之(1 )、( 2 )及(4 )分配至一製粒器 中以低速混合三分鐘;當以低速推動器進行時’將(7) 於二分鐘間隔內加入;以切碎機與推動器於高速下7 . 5分 鐘使該混合物製成顆粒(額外的水以及製粒時間可用於形 成適當的顆粒);使製成顆粒的混合物於一流體化床乾燥 器中乾燥,直到其LOD値係低於5% ;使用篩#005 0以榔頭向前以2000至3000rp m碾磨該乾燥的 顆粒狀物;經碾磨的顆粒狀物以及(5 )或(3 & 5 )被 置於一個V型攪拌器中並攪拌1 0分鐘;將(6 )加入該 V型攪拌器中並攪拌5分鐘。然後,使用一膠囊狀的打孔 機將最終混合物加壓製成爲錠劑。 具有氫氧化鈉的Eudragit®L30D55塗覆分散液係如下 述製備: A· 1.〇 N氫氧化鈉之製備,係將4.0公克的氫氧 化鈉加入1 〇 〇毫升體積計量的燒瓶中;接著將5 0毫升 的純水以及一磁性攪拌棒加入該燒瓶中,且將燒瓶中的內 容物混合5至1 5分鐘;將該攪拌棒移開且體積爲Q.S.並 混合而製得。 B.滑石懸浮液之製備,係藉由稱重2 0 2 . 5 4公克 的純水於一適合讀容器中;在攪拌純水時緩慢加入9 . 3 1 公克的檸檬酸三乙酯而得;接著,當混合物被攪拌之時, 將2 2 · 2公克的滑石在2分鐘間隔內加入該容器中(該混 64 本尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 一 一 ' . ^--------訂---------. (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7 1227144 ______B7__ 五、發明說明() 合物被攪拌直到一懸浮液形成爲止)而製得。 C · Eudragit®L30D55懸浮液之製備,係藉由將 EudragifLSODSS塗覆分散液通過#40網目的篩;秤重2 9 4 . 5 2公克之過篩的Eudragit®L30D55並置於一適合的容 器中;使用一滴管,在攪拌混合物時,將3 . 5 6公克的1 • 0 N氫氧化鈉(步驟A)溶液加入;使混合物攪拌3 0至 6 0分鐘而製得。 D.最終的塗覆懸浮液之製備,係藉由當在五分鐘期 間內攪拌滑石懸浮液(步驟B )時,將Eudragit®L30D55 懸浮液(步驟C )加入;攪拌該混合物3 0至6 0分鐘而 製得。 將錠劑塗覆以得到基於該錠劑總重量之4%增加重量 。藉由使塗覆的錠劑成爲淸晰的明膠膠囊而包覆錠劑。 實施例2 4之血漿型式(profile) 對實施例2 4的錠劑進行活體內測試,其係於健康的 自願者中使用雙向隨機之公開標示的交互(crossover)設 計,每一組12個受試者,且他們係於禁食狀態被施予劑量 ,且與CARDIZEM CD®相比較。此結果係示於下列圖1 1 及表3 0中: 表3 0 詩間 實施例2 4禁食 Cardizem-CD禁食 必時丄 _(毫微克/臺升) (臺微克/毫升 0 0.00 0.00 65 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ------------^------------------. (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7 1227144 ___ B7 五、發明說明() 1 0.65 0.00 2 4.72 0.00 4 31.02 19.65 6 62.45 83.08 7 63.27 60.98 8 65.45 50.79 9 64.20 42.52 10 65.39 38.43 12 77.30 42.56 14 82.86 52.58 15 81.91 56.40 16 80.17 57.48 18 70.09 57.73 20 57.59 51.97 24 42.21 43.48 3 0 24.82 28.73 36 10.97 12.8 48 2.55 3.78 比例 在實施例2 4與CARDIZEM CD^ >2 4 0毫克之間的曲 線下區域的比例係爲1 . 1 6 : 1 。在實施例2 5與 CARDIZEMCD2 4 0毫克之間的平均Cmax之比例係爲 116 :1 〇 結果: 圖1 1及實施例2 4係證實一種活體內之雙模式的血 漿含量, CARDIZEM CD®亦由兩種不同方式處理的珠配方 之混合物證實雙模式的血漿含量。 實施例2 5的血漿型式 以實施例2 5的錠劑來進行活體內試驗,其係於健康 66 尽紙張尺度國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇 χ 297公爱) ------------裝--------訂--- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1227144 A7 _ B7 五、發明說明(_ ) 的自願者中使用雙向隨機之公開標示的交互設計’每一組 12個受試者,且他們係於禁食狀態被施予劑量’且與 CARDIZEM CD®相比較。此結果係示於下列圖1 2及表3 1中·· 表3 1 時間 實施例禁食 Cardizem-CD驗 小時) (臺微克/毫升) (毫微克/毫处) 01246789The final tablet had a tablet weight of 75.0 mg and a hardness of 15 KP. Then, the core tablets were coated with ethylcellulose / Opadry (80/20) aquatic solution to obtain 4% and (based on Example 2 2 and 2 3 respectively) based on the total weight of the tablets. ) To increase weight. The aqueous dispersion was prepared by the following procedure: First, 60 grams of Opadry and 340 grams of water were mixed in a suitable container. While the mixing was continued, 944 g of ethyl cellulose was added to the Opadry dispersion, and the resulting mixture was stirred for 30 to 60 minutes. The dissolution test was performed on the tablets of Examples 2 1-2 3. The dissolution test was performed in 250 ml of buffer (ρ Η 6) in an automated us 61? National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 cm). Li) '----- ^ 11 outfit --- I ---- order ----- (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Trip 4 A7 1227144 ______B7_ ___________ 1- 5. Description of the invention ( ) P dissolution instrument (Paddle III, bCPM), and the drug release amount is analyzed by ultraviolet analysis method. The dissolution results in this test tube are shown in the following Figure 10 and Table 2 7: Table 2 7 Mo (hours) Example 2 1 Example 2 2 Example 12- ^ (without coating) (4% coating (6% coating) 〇0.0 0.0 0.0 1 8.8 4.1 0.5 3 39.1 29.8 2.6 8 69.0 61.2 58.2 12 85.1 86.7 95.5 16 106.6 99.8 101.3 24 107.0 101.9 101.5 Based on the results provided in Figure 1 0 and Table 2 7 It is clear that as the amount of coating increases, the release rate decreases. Example 2 4-2 5 Effect of adding excipients outside the manufacturing granules In Examples 2 4-25, the sustained release excipients were prepared according to the procedures described in Examples 1 to 2. Examples 2-2 5 The components of the sustained release excipients are shown in the following Table 28: Table 28 Amount (%)-Example? . 4 volume-example? $ 12 12 62 This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 ^ (210 X 297 mm) "-(Please read the precautions for back purchase before filling this page) ^ -------- ^ ---------- Ingredients 1. Xanthan gum 1227144 A7 B7 5. Description of the invention () 2. Locust bean gum 18 18 3 · Dextrose 70 70 4. Water * 25 25 * During processing After being removed, the lozenges were prepared according to the ingredients in Table 29 and the procedure is as follows: Table 2 9 Ingredients (%) Implementation mg / Lozens (%) Implementation mg / Sharp Example 24 Agent Example 25 24 m Example 25 1. Sustained release excipients 49.2 400.0 53.3 400.0 2 · Thiazemone HC1 (intragranular granular) 19.2 156.0 32.0 240.0 3 · Thiazemone HC1 (particularly granular) 10.3 84.0 Ν / Α N / A 4.Reverse Butenedioic acid 14.8 120.0 8.0 60.0 5. Surfactant (SLS · Λ 4.9 40.0 5.3 40.0) 6. Sodium stearyl fumarate, NF 1.6 13.0 1.3 10.0 7. Water * * Removed during processing 27.0 0.0 27.0 0.0 Example 2 4 The final lozenge has a lozenge weight of 83.0 mg and a hardness of 15 Kp. Example 2 5 The final tablet has a tablet weight of 75.0 mg. 63 The paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ^ -------- ^- --------. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) A7 1227144 _B7__ 5. Description of the invention () _ and the hardness of 1 5 K p. The formulation of Examples 2 4-2 5 was prepared as follows: Distribute the required amounts of (1), (2), and (4) to a granulator and mix at low speed for three minutes; when performed with a low speed pusher 'Add (7) at two minute intervals; granulate the mixture with a shredder and a pusher at a high speed of 7.5 minutes (extra water and granulation time can be used to form appropriate granules); make The granulated mixture is dried in a fluidized bed dryer until its LOD ratio is below 5%; the dried granules are milled using a sieve # 005 0 forward with a hammer at 2000 to 3000 rp m; milled The granules and (5) or (3 & 5) were placed in a V-blender and stirred for 10 minutes; (6) was added to the V-blender and stirred for 5 minutes. The final mixture is then pressed into a tablet using a capsule-shaped punch. Eudragit® L30D55 coated dispersion with sodium hydroxide was prepared as follows: A · 1.0N sodium hydroxide was prepared by adding 4.0 grams of sodium hydroxide to a 100 ml volumetric flask; then 50 milliliters of pure water and a magnetic stir bar are added to the flask, and the contents of the flask are mixed for 5 to 15 minutes; the stir bar is removed and the volume is QS and mixed to prepare it. B. Preparation of talc suspension by weighing 20. 54 grams of pure water in a suitable container; slowly adding 9.31 grams of triethyl citrate while stirring the pure water ; Then, when the mixture is stirred, add 2 2 · 2 grams of talc into the container at 2 minute intervals (the mixture 64 this standard applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm)) I '. ^ -------- Order ---------. (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) A7 1227144 ______B7__ 5. Description of the invention () The compound is stirred until Until a suspension is formed). C. Eudragit® L30D55 suspension is prepared by passing the EudragitLSODSS coating dispersion through a # 40 mesh sieve; weighing 2 9 4. 5 2 grams of sieved Eudragit® L30D55 and placing it in a suitable container; Using a dropper, while stirring the mixture, 3.56 grams of a 1 • 0 N sodium hydroxide (step A) solution was added; it was made by stirring the mixture for 30 to 60 minutes. D. Preparation of the final coating suspension by adding Eudragit® L30D55 suspension (step C) while stirring the talc suspension (step B) for a period of five minutes; stirring the mixture 30 to 60 Made in minutes. The lozenge is coated to obtain a 4% increase in weight based on the total weight of the lozenge. The lozenge is coated by making the coated lozenge into a clear gelatin capsule. The plasma profile of Example 24 The in vivo test of the tablet of Example 24 was performed in healthy volunteers using a two-way random publicly marked crossover design in a group of 12 subjects Subjects and they were dosed in a fasted state and compared to CARDIZEM CD®. The results are shown in the following Figure 11 and Table 3 0: Table 3 0 Shijian Example 2 4 Fasting Cardizem-CD Fasting must be _ (nanograms / liter) (Taigram / ml 0 0.00 0.00 65 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ------------ ^ ----------------- -. (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) A7 1227144 ___ B7 V. Description of the invention () 1 0.65 0.00 2 4.72 0.00 4 31.02 19.65 6 62.45 83.08 7 63.27 60.98 8 65.45 50.79 9 64.20 42.52 10 65.39 38.43 12 77.30 42.56 14 82.86 52.58 15 81.91 56.40 16 80.17 57.48 18 70.09 57.73 20 57.59 51.97 24 42.21 43.48 3 0 24.82 28.73 36 10.97 12.8 48 2.55 3.78 The curve between Example 2 4 and CARDIZEM CD ^ > 2 40 mg The ratio of the lower region is 1.16: 1. The ratio of the average Cmax between Example 25 and CARDIZEMCD2 40 mg is 116: 1. Results: Figure 11 and Example 2 4 demonstrate a live The dual-mode plasma content of the body, CARDIZEM CD® is also a blend of two different bead formulas The plasma content of the dual mode was confirmed in Example 2. The plasma type of Example 25 was used for the in vivo test of the tablet of Example 25, which is based on the health of 66 national paper standard (CNS) A4 specifications (21 × χ297). Love) ------------ Installation -------- Order --- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 1227144 A7 _ B7 V. Description of the invention (_ ) Of volunteers using a two-way random publicly-labeled interaction design '12 subjects per group and they were dosed in a fasting state 'compared to CARDIZEM CD®. The results are shown below Figure 1 2 and Table 3 1 ·· Table 3 1 Time Example Fasting Cardizem-CD Test Hours) (Tg / ml) (Ng / milli) 01246789

02456804068 IX IX IX IX 一—lOOOOOOOO 0.00 0.30 6.55 35.43 77.71 76.91 70.88 66.18 64.98 71.90 65.48 62.72 60.60 48.87 38.95 33.10 20.93 10.14 2.52 0.00 0.05 0.40 5.48 66.02 58.31 47.29 39.31 35.51 38.55 41.66 47.32 49.73 51.16 45.75 41.44 28.40 14.88 4.00 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 在實施例2 5與CARDIZEM CD2 4 0毫克之間的曲 線下區域的比例係爲1 . 1 6 : 1。在實施例2 5與 CARDIZEM CD2 4 0毫克之間的平均C max之比例係爲1 67 本紙張^度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐P " A7 1.黃原膠 12 25 2 ·刺槐豆膠 18 25 3.硫酸鈣 N/A 10 4.乙基纖維素 N/A 5 5.右旋糖 70 35 6·水* 25 N/A 7.乙醇* N/A 20 在處理期間被除去 1227144 _B7___ 五、發明說明() •26:1° 糸吉果· 圖1 2及實施例2 5係證實一種活體內之雙模式的血 漿含量,CARDIZEM CD®亦由兩種不同方式處理的珠配方 之混合物證實雙模式的血漿含量。 實施例2 6及2 7 不同賦形劑之影響 在實施例2 6及2 7中,持續釋放賦形劑係根據實施 例1 一 2中所述程序來製備。實施例2 6及2 7的持續釋 放賦形劑之成分係示於下表3 2 : 表3 2 成分 量(% )-實施例2 6 量(% )-實施例2 7 表3 3之配方 之後,硫氮筆酮錠劑係如下述製備: 將所需量之硫氮罩酮、反丁烯二酸以及一適量的持續 68 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ^--------^----------. (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1227144 a7 _ B7__ 五、發明說明() 釋放賦形劑置於一製粒器中並以低速混合三分鐘。在推動 器以低速進行期間將水於二分鐘間隔內加入該持續釋放賦 形劑中(額外的水以及製粒時間可用於形成適當的顆粒) 。然後將所得到的顆粒乾燥於一流體化床乾燥器中,直到 其LOD値係低於5% ,並以榔頭向前以2〇〇〇至30 〇 〇 r p m碾磨。經碾磨的顆粒狀物接著被置於具有月桂 基硫酸鈉的V型攪拌器中並攪拌1 0分鐘。一種合適的製 錠潤滑劑(Pruv®,硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉,N F,商業上 可獲得自Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co·)係被加入,且將該 混合物另外攪拌5分鐘。然後’使用一膠囊狀的打孔機將 所得到的顆粒狀物加壓製成爲錠劑。此最終混合物係製成 錠劑約7 5 0毫克。實施例2 6及2 7的錠劑之成分係示 於下表3 3中: 表3 3 成分 實施例2 6 實施例2 6 實施例2 7 實施例2 7 % 毫克/錠劑 % 毫克/錠劑 1.持續釋放賦形劑 53.3 400.0 53.3 400.0 2 ·硫氮羣酮HC1 32.0 240.0 32.0 240.0 3·反丁烯二酸 8.0 60.0 8.0 60.0 4 .界面活性劑(SLS 5.3 40.0 5.3 40.0 ) 5·硬脂基反丁烯二酸 1.3 0.0 30.0 0.0 鈉 6·水* 27.0 0.0 30.0 0.0 在處理期間被除去 實施例2 6之最終錠劑具有7 5 0 . 〇毫克的錠劑重 量以及1 5 Kp的硬度。 實施例2 7之最終錠劑具有7 5 0 . 〇毫克的錠劑重 69 本紙张尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -----------^--------^---------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7 1227144 _B7__ 五、發明說明() 量以及1 5 κ P的硬度。 然後,對實施例2 6及2 7的錠劑進行溶解測試,溶 解測試是在2 5 0毫升的緩衝液(p Η 6 )中於一個自動 化U S Ρ溶解儀器(Paddle III型,15CPM)內進行,且藥 物的釋放量係經由紫外線分析法進行分析。此試管內溶解 結果係示於下列圖1 3及表3 4中。 表3 4 時間(小時) 實施例2 5 (%溶解)實施例2 6 溶解) 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 18.4 12.6 3.0 32.6 23.9 8.0 59.8 45.9 12.0 80.5 60.3 16.0 92.3 71.8 24.0 93.7 91.4 糸吉論 實施例2 6具有比實施例2 5較慢的溶解型式。 結果 溶解速率可藉由使用不同等級的賦形劑而調整。 實施例2 8 - 2 9 配方中膠:藥物比例之影響 在實施例2 8 - 2 9中,首先,持續釋放賦形劑係根 據本發明製備,後續加入藥物(奧昔布寧)、ΡΗ調整劑 (在此情況爲檸檬酸),然後將最終混合物製成錠劑。 70 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -----------裝--------訂----------線Ι^Γ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) • A7 1227144 -____— 五、發明說明() 該持續釋放賦形劑之製備,係由將所黃原膠、刺槐豆 膠、右旋糖以及硫酸#5分配至一高剪切力混合器/製粒器 中,將乙基纖維素分配至一個含有乙醇的容器中,將乙基 纖維素/乙醇混合物分配至黃原膠、刺槐豆膠、右旋糖以 及硫酸鈣之混合物中,並製成顆粒以形成適當的顆粒’使 該混合物於一流體化床乾燥器中乾燥,並將乾燥的混合物 輾磨以形成適當的顆粒。實施例2 8 - 2 9之持續釋放賦 形劑的成分係示於下表3 5中:· 表3 5 持續釋放賦形劑之製備 成分 量(% )-實施例?. Η 1.黃原膠 20 15 2 ·刺槐豆膠 30 15 3 ·右旋糖 40 60 4.硫酸鈣 10 10 5.水* 20-30 20 - 30 在處理期間被除去 接著,使所需量之奧昔布寧以及硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉 通過一個2 5網目的篩,將過篩的奧昔布寧以及持續釋放 賦形劑分配至一個V型攪拌器中並攪拌1 〇分鐘,將硬脂 基反丁烯二酸鈉加入奧昔布寧與持續釋放賦形劑的摻合混 合物中並另外攪拌5分鐘,然後,使用5/1 6”圓性狀的 壓型(tooling)將最後摻合的最終產物加壓製成錠劑。此 最終混合物係製成錠劑約1 7 9.4毫克。實施例2 8 - 2 71 ¥^尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297公釐) ^ " — 一 ^--------1---------. (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7 1227144 ____B7__ 五、發明說明() 9的錠劑之成分係示於下表3 6以及3 7中: 表3 6 錠劑配方一實施例2 8 成分_ 量(% ) 量(毫克/錠劑) 1.持續釋放賦形劑 92.9 166.7 2 .奧昔布寧HC1 5.6 10.0 3.硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉 1.5 2.7 錠劑重量. 179.4 硬度(K p) 5 表3 7 錠劑配方一實施例2 9 成分 量(% ) 量(毫克/錠劑) 1.持續釋放賦形劑 92.9 166.7 2.奧昔布寧HC1 5.6 10.0 3.硬脂基反丁烯二酸_ 1.5 2.7 錠劑重量 179.4 硬度(K p ) 5 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 最終錠劑具有1 7 9.4毫克的錠劑重量以及5 Kp的 硬度。 然後,對實施例2 8 - 2 9的錠劑進行溶解測試。此 試管內溶解結果係示於下列表3 8中。 表38 睦歷丄小時) 實施例2 8 (%溶解)實施例2 Q (¾溶解) 72 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1227144 A7 _B7 五、發明說明() 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0 44.4 33.6 4.0 67.6 42.5 6.0 86.6 57.4 8.0 103.0 72.5 12.0 108.7 88.9 20.0 108.7 92.8 實施例2 8具有1 : 5之藥物:膠比例且實施例2 9 具有1 : 8 · 3之藥物:膠比例。由表3 8中所提供的結果 來看,很明顯的,當於配方中藥物:膠的比例增加時,奧 昔布寧的釋放速率較緩慢。 實施例3 0 - 3 1 膠:右旋糖比例之影響 在實施例3 0 - 3 1中,持續釋放賦形劑係根據實施 例2 8及2 9所述程序來製備。實施例3 0及3 1之持續 釋放賦形劑的成分係示於下表3 9中: 表3 9 持續釋放賦形劑之製備 成分 量奮施例3 0 量(% )-實施例3丄 1·黃原膠 20 15 2.刺槐豆膠 30 15 3·右旋糖 40 60 4. 硫酸鈣 10 10 5. 水* 20-30 20-30 *在處理期間被除去 接著,奧昔布寧錠劑係如下述製備: 使所需量之奧昔布寧以及硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉通過一 個2 5網目的篩,將過篩的奧昔布寧以及持續釋放賦形劑 73 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公f ) ------------裝---I I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) tr----------線f· 1227144 A7 _B7__ 五、發明說明() 分配至一個V型攪拌器中並攪拌1 〇分鐘,將過篩的硬脂 基反丁烯二酸鈉加入奧昔布寧與持續釋放賦形劑的摻合混 合物中並另外攪拌5分鐘,然後,使用5/1 6”圓性狀的 壓型(tooling)將最後摻合的最終產物加壓製成錠劑。此 最終混合物係製成錠劑約1 7 9.4毫克。實施例3 0 - 3 1的錠劑之成分係示於下表4 0以及4 1中: 表4 0 錠劑配方一實施例3 0 成分 量(% ) 量(毫克/淀劑) 1.持續釋放賦形劑 92.9 166.7 2 .奧昔布寧HC1 5.6 10.0 3.硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉 1.5 2.7 錠劑重量 硬度(K p) 表4 1 179.4 5 錠劑配方一實施例31 成分 量(% ) 量(毫克/錠劑) 1.持續釋放賦形劑 92.9 166.7 2.奧昔布寧HC1 5.6 10.0 3.硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉 1.5 2.7 錠劑重量 179.4 硬度(K p ) 5 最終錠劑具有1 7 9.4毫克的錠劑重量以及5 Kp的 硬度。 然後,對實施例3 0 - 3 1的錠劑進行溶解測試。此 74 I I - * I I I I I I 1 ^ ·11111111 · (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1227144 A7 _B7_ 五、發明說明() 試管內溶解結果係示於下列表4 2中。 表4 2 時間(小時) 實施例3 0 (%溶解) 實施例3 1 (%溶解) 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0 44.4 33.6 4.0 67.6 42.5 6.0 86.6 57.4 8.0 103.0 72.5 12.0 108.7 88.9 20.0 108.7 92.8 由表4 2中所提供的結果來看, 很明顯的,當於配方 中膠量相對於右旋糖量增加時,可觀察到奧昔布寧的釋放 相對降低。 實施例3 2 — 3 5 琥珀酸之影響 在實施例3 2 - 3 3中,持續釋放賦形劑係根據實施 例2 8及2 9所述程序來製備。實施例3 2及3 3之持續 釋放賦形劑的成分係示於下表4 3中: 表4 3 成分 量(% )-實施例3 2 —3 3 1.黃原膠 25 75 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ------------裝--------訂----- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 4 1227144 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 2.刺槐豆膠 25 3.右旋糖 35 4.硫酸鈣 10 5·乙基纖維素 5 6.水* 20-30 *在處理期間被除去 接著,奧昔布寧錠劑係如下述製備: 使所需量之號珀酸.、奧昔布寧以及硬脂基反丁烯二酸 鈉通過一個25網目的篩,將過篩的琥珀酸以及持續釋放賦 形劑分配至一個V型攪拌器中並攪拌1 〇分鐘,將過篩的 奧昔布寧加入琥珀酸與持續釋放賦形劑的摻合混合物中並 另外攪拌5分鐘,將過篩的硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉加入奧昔 布寧、琥珀酸與持續釋放賦形劑的摻合混合物中並另外攪 拌5分鐘’然後,使用5 / 1 6,,圓性狀的壓型將最後摻合 的最終產物加壓製成錠劑。實施例3 2的最終混合物係製 成銳劑約2 5 1 ·0毫克,且實施例3 3的最終混合物係製 成錠劑約2 9 6 · 0毫克。實施例3 2 - 3 3的錠劑之成分 係示於下表4 4以及4 5中: 表4 4 鏡劑配方一實施例3 2 —量量(毫克/錠 76 ϋ度㉛家標準(CNS)A4 S (210 X 297 公《1 ' ---^ ^--------^------ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 4 A7 1227144 _____B7 五、發明說明() 1.持續釋放賦形劑 93.2 234.0 2.琥珀酸 N/A N/A 3 .奧昔布寧HC1 6 15.0 4.硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉 0.8 2.0 錠劑重量 251 硬度(Κ p) 8 最終錠劑具有2 5 1 • 0毫克的錠劑重量以及8 Κ ρ的 硬度。 表45 錠劑配方-實施例3 3 成分 量(% ) 量(毫克/錠劑) 1.持續釋放賦形劑 92.9 166.7 2.琥珀酸 15.2 45.0 3.奧昔布寧HC1 5.1 15.0 4.硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉 0.7 2.0 錠劑重量 296.0 硬度(Κ p) 8 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝--------訂------ 最終錠劑具有2 9 6.0毫克的錠劑重量以及8 κ P的 硬度。 然後,對實施例3 2 - 3 3的錠劑進行溶解測試。此 試管內溶解結果係示於下列表4 6中。 表4 6 77 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297公釐) A7 1227144 _B7__ 五、發明說明() 時間(小時) 實施例3 2 (%溶解)實施例3 3 (%溶解) 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0 1.3 8.9 4.0 2.1 12.9 6.0 4.7 24.0 8.0 11.3 34.0 12.0 25.9 44.0 20.0 43.9 59.5 由表4 6中所提供的結果來看,很明顯的是,添加琥 珀酸可輔助藥物的溶解度,因而增加釋放速率。 在實施例3 4 - 3 5中,持續釋放賦形劑係根據實施 例2 8及2 9所述程序來製備。實施例3 4及3 5之持續 釋放賦形劑的成分係示於下表4 7中: 表47 成分 量(% )-實施例3 4 —3 5 1.黃原膠 25 2.刺槐豆膠 25 3.右旋糖 35 4.硫酸金丐 10 5.乙基纖維素 5 6.水* 20-30 *在處理期間被除去 接著,奧昔布寧錠劑係如下述製備: 使所需量之持續釋放賦形劑、琥珀酸以及奧昔布寧分 78 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之沒意事項再填寫本頁) 裝--------訂----------線隊 1227144 .A7 B7 五、發明說明() 配至一製粒器中,他們係以具有於關閉位置的切碎槳葉之 推動器於低速經乾式混合三分鐘。將水於一分鐘間隔內加 入,接著,於高速下3分鐘使該混合物製成顆粒(額外的 水以及製粒時間可用於形成適當的顆粒),然後將該混合 物乾燥於一流體化床乾燥器中,直到其L 0D値係低於5 %爲止,並使用槳葉以2 000至3000r pm碾磨該 乾燥的顆粒狀物。經碾磨的顆粒狀物以及硬脂基反丁烯二 酸鈉置於一個V型攪拌器中並攪拌1 〇分鐘。然後,使用 5 / 1 6 ”圓性狀的壓型將該摻合的混合物加壓製成錠劑。 實施例3 4的最終混合物係製成錠劑約2 9 6.0毫克,且 實施例3 5的最終混合物係製成錠劑約2 6 6.0毫克。實 施例3 4 - 3 5的錠劑之成分係示於下表4 8以及4 9中02456804068 IX IX IX IX 1-1000000OOOO 0.00 0.30 6.55 35.43 77.71 76.91 70.88 66.18 64.98 71.90 65.48 62.72 60.60 48.87 38.95 33.10 20.93 10.14 2.52 0.00 0.05 0.40 5.48 66.02 58.31 47.29 39.31 35.51 38.55.41.66. Note on the back, please fill in this page again) The ratio of the area under the curve between Example 25 and CARDIZEM CD2 40 mg is 1.16: 1. The average C max ratio between Example 25 and CARDIZEM CD2 40 mg is 1 67. This paper is compliant with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm P " A7 1. Huangyuan) Gum 12 25 2 · Locust bean gum 18 25 3. Calcium sulfate N / A 10 4. Ethyl cellulose N / A 5 5. Dextrose 70 35 6 · Water * 25 N / A 7. Ethanol * N / A 20 Removed during processing 1227144 _B7___ V. Description of the invention () • 26: 1 ° 糸 吉 果 · Figure 12 and Example 2 5 confirms a dual-mode plasma content in vivo, CARDIZEM CD® also consists of two Mixtures of bead formulations treated in different ways confirm dual-mode plasma levels. Examples 2 6 and 27 7 Effects of Different Excipients In Examples 2 6 and 27, the sustained release excipients were according to Examples 1 to 2 Prepared according to the procedure described in Examples. The components of the sustained release excipients of Examples 2 6 and 27 are shown in the following Table 3 2: Table 3 2 Ingredient Amount (%)-Example 26 Amount (%)-Example 2 7 After the formulation in Table 3 3, the azathione tablet is prepared as follows: The required amount of thiazepine, fumaric acid and an appropriate amount of 68 papers Degree applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ^ -------- ^ ----------. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page ) 1227144 a7 _ B7__ V. Description of the invention () The release excipient is placed in a granulator and mixed at low speed for three minutes. Water is added to the continuous release excipient at a two-minute interval while the pusher is running at low speed. Medium (extra water and granulation time can be used to form the appropriate granules). The granules obtained are then dried in a fluidized bed dryer until its LOD is below 5%, and a hammer is used to advance 2 Milled from 0.000 to 300,000 rpm. The milled granules were then placed in a V-blender with sodium lauryl sulfate and stirred for 10 minutes. A suitable ingot lubricant (Pruv®, Sodium stearyl fumarate, NF, commercially available from Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co.) was added and the mixture was stirred for an additional 5 minutes. The resulting granules were then 'using a capsule-shaped punch The tablets are pressed into tablets. This final mixture is made into tablets of about 750 mg. The ingredients of the tablets of Examples 2 6 and 27 are shown in Table 3 3 below: Table 3 3 Ingredients Example 2 6 Example 2 6 Example 2 7 Example 2 7% mg / Lozenge% mg / Lozenge Agent 1. Sustained release excipient 53.3 400.0 53.3 400.0 2 Thiazolone HC1 32.0 240.0 32.0 240.0 3 Fumaric acid 8.0 60.0 8.0 60.0 4 Surfactant (SLS 5.3 40.0 5.3 40.0) 5 Stearic acid Based on fumaric acid 1.3 0.0 30.0 0.0 Sodium 6. Water * 27.0 0.0 30.0 0.0 was removed during processing. The final lozenge of Example 26 had a lozenge weight of 75.0 mg and a hardness of 15 Kp. The final tablet of Example 2 has a tablet size of 75.0 mg and a weight of 69. The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ----------- ^ -------- ^ ---------- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) A7 1227144 _B7__ 5. Description of the invention () Amount and hardness of 1 5 κ P . Then, dissolution tests were performed on the tablets of Examples 26 and 27. The dissolution test was performed in 250 ml of a buffer solution (pΗ6) in an automated US P dissolution apparatus (Paddle III type, 15 CPM). The amount of drug released is analyzed by UV analysis. The dissolution results in this test tube are shown in Figures 13 and 34 below. Table 3 4 Time (hour) Example 25 (% dissolution) Example 2 6 dissolution) 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 18.4 12.6 3.0 32.6 23.9 8.0 59.8 45.9 12.0 80.5 60.3 16.0 92.3 71.8 24.0 93.7 91.4 Slower dissolution pattern than Example 25. Results The dissolution rate can be adjusted by using different grades of excipients. Example 2 8-2 9 The effect of gum in the formula: the effect of the drug ratio In Examples 2 8-29, first, the sustained-release excipient was prepared according to the present invention, followed by the addition of a drug (oxybutynin) and adjustment of pH (Citric acid in this case), and then the final mixture is made into lozenges. 70 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ----------- installation -------- order --------- -Line I ^ Γ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) • A7 1227144 -____— V. Description of the invention () The preparation of the sustained release excipient is made of xanthan gum and locust bean gum , Dextrose, and sulphuric acid # 5 are distributed to a high-shear mixer / granulator, ethyl cellulose is distributed to a container containing ethanol, and ethyl cellulose / ethanol mixture is distributed to xanthan gum , Locust bean gum, dextrose and calcium sulfate, and granulate to form appropriate granules' The mixture is dried in a fluidized bed dryer, and the dried mixture is milled to form appropriate granules. The ingredients of the sustained-release excipients of Examples 2 8 to 29 are shown in the following Table 35: Table 3 5 Preparation of sustained-release excipients Ingredients Amount (%)-Examples? Η 1. Xanthan Gum 20 15 2 · Locust Bean Gum 30 15 3 · Dextrose 40 60 4. Calcium Sulfate 10 10 5. Water * 20-30 20-30 is removed during the process and then the required amount Oxybutynin and sodium stearyl fumarate are passed through a 25 mesh sieve, sifted oxybutynin and sustained release excipients are dispensed into a V-blender and stirred for 10 minutes , Add sodium stearyl fumarate to the blended mixture of oxybutynin and a sustained release excipient and stir for an additional 5 minutes, and then use a 5/1 6 ”round shape tooling The final blended final product is pressed into a tablet. This final mixture is made into a tablet of about 1 7 9.4 mg. Examples 2 8-2 71 ¥ ^ The size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 x 297) (Mm) ^ " — 1 ^ -------- 1 ---------. (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) A7 1227144 ____B7__ 5. Description of the invention () The ingredients of the 9 tablets are shown in the following Tables 3 6 and 37: Table 3 6 Tablet Formulation Example 2 8 Ingredient _ Amount (%) Amount (mg / tablet) 1. Sustained release excipient 9 2.9 166.7 2. Oxybutyn HC1 5.6 10.0 3. Sodium stearyl fumarate 1.5 2.7 Tablet weight. 179.4 Hardness (K p) 5 Table 3 7 Tablet Formula One Example 2 9 Ingredient amount (% ) Amount (mg / tablet) 1. Sustained release excipient 92.9 166.7 2. Oxybutyn HC1 5.6 10.0 3. Stearyl fumarate _ 1.5 2.7 Tablet weight 179.4 Hardness (K p) 5 ( Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) The final tablet has a tablet weight of 1 7 9.4 mg and a hardness of 5 Kp. Then, the tablet of Examples 2 8-2 9 was tested for dissolution. In this test tube The dissolution results are shown in the following table 38. Table 38 Hours in the calendar month) Example 2 8 (% dissolution) Example 2 Q (¾dissolved) 72 This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1227144 A7 _B7 V. Description of the invention () 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0 44.4 33.6 4.0 67.6 42.5 6.0 86.6 57.4 8.0 103.0 72.5 12.0 108.7 88.9 20.0 108.7 92.8 2 9 Drug: gum ratio with 1: 8 · 3 From the results provided in Table 38, it is clear that the release rate of oxybutynin is slower when the ratio of drug: gum in the formulation is increased. Examples 3 0-3 1 Effect of gum: dextrose ratio In Examples 30-31, the sustained release excipients were prepared according to the procedures described in Examples 2 8 and 29. The components of the sustained release excipients of Examples 3 0 and 31 are shown in Table 3 9 below: Table 3 9 Preparation amount of sustained release excipients Amount of Example 30 0 Amount (%)-Example 3 丄1. Xanthan Gum 20 15 2. Locust Bean Gum 30 15 3. Dextrose 40 60 4. Calcium Sulfate 10 10 5. Water * 20-30 20-30 * Removed during processing. Next, oxybutynin tablets The formulation is prepared as follows: Pass the required amount of oxybutynin and sodium stearyl fumarate through a 25 mesh screen, pass the sieve oxybutynin and the sustained release excipient 73 papers Dimensions are applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 male f) ------------ install --- II (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) tr-- -------- Line f · 1227144 A7 _B7__ V. Description of the invention () Distribute to a V-shaped stirrer and stir for 10 minutes, add the sieved sodium stearyl fumarate to aoxia Bunin and the sustained-release excipient blended mixture and stirred for an additional 5 minutes, and then the final blended final product was pressed into tablets using a 5/1 6 "round shape tooling. This Final mixture About 1 7 9.4 mg of lozenges. The ingredients of the lozenges of Examples 30 to 31 are shown in the following Tables 40 and 41: Table 40 0 Lozenge Formula One Example 30 The amount of ingredients (%) (Mg / deposit) 1. Sustained-release excipient 92.9 166.7 2. Oxybutyn HC1 5.6 10.0 3. Sodium stearyl fumarate 1.5 2.7 Tablets Weight Hardness (K p) Table 4 1 179.4 5 Lozenge Formula One Example 31 Ingredient amount (%) Amount (mg / lozenge) 1. Sustained release excipient 92.9 166.7 2. Oxybutyn HC1 5.6 10.0 3. Sodium stearyl fumarate 1.5 2.7 Tablet weight 179.4 Hardness (K p) 5 The final tablet has a tablet weight of 17 9.4 mg and a hardness of 5 Kp. Then, dissolution tests were performed on the tablets of Examples 30-31. This 74 II-* IIIIII 1 ^ · 11111111 · (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1227144 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention The results are shown in Table 4 2 below. Table 4 2 Time (hours) Example 3 0 (% dissolved) Example 3 1 (% dissolved Solution) 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0 44.4 33.6 4.0 67.6 42.5 6.0 86.6 57.4 8.0 103.0 72.5 12.0 108.7 88.9 20.0 108.7 92.8 It is obvious from the results provided in Table 4 2 that when the amount of gum in the formula is relative to dextrose A relative decrease in the release of oxybutynin was observed with increasing amounts. Example 3 Effect of 2-3 5 Succinic acid In Examples 3 2-3, a sustained release excipient was prepared according to the procedure described in Examples 2 8 and 29. The components of the sustained release excipients of Examples 3 2 and 3 3 are shown in Table 4 3 below: Table 4 3 Ingredient Amount (%)-Example 3 2 —3 3 1. Xanthan Gum 25 75 Paper Size Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ------------ Installation -------- Order ----- (Please read the note on the back first Please fill in this page again) 4 1227144 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () 2. Locust bean gum 25 3. Dextrose 35 4. Calcium sulfate 10 5 · Ethyl cellulose 5 6. Water * 20-30 * In processing After being removed, the oxybutynin lozenges were prepared as follows: Pass the required amount of Norabutin., Oxybutynin and sodium stearyl fumarate through a 25 mesh screen and pass through a sieve The succinic acid and sustained release excipients were dispensed into a V-blender and stirred for 10 minutes. Sifted oxybutynin was added to the blended mixture of succinic acid and sustained release excipients and stirred for an additional 5 minutes. Add the sieved sodium stearyl fumarate to the blended mixture of oxybutynin, succinic acid and sustained release excipients and stir for an additional 5 minutes. Then, use 5/16, and round shape Profiled final blended end product will be made pressurized lozenges. The final mixture of Example 3 2 was made into a sharpening agent of about 251 · 0 mg, and the final mixture of Example 33 was made into a tablet of about 296 · 0 mg. The ingredients of the tablets of Example 3 2-3 3 are shown in the following Tables 4 4 and 4 5: Table 4 4 Mirror Formulation Example 1 2-Quantities (mg / tablet 76 ϋ ㉛ home standard (CNS ) A4 S (210 X 297 public "1 '--- ^ ^ -------- ^ ------ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 4 A7 1227144 _____B7 V. Description of the invention (1) 1. Sustained release excipient 93.2 234.0 2. Succinic acid N / AN / A 3. Oxybutyn HC1 6 15.0 4. Sodium stearyl fumarate 0.8 2.0 Tablet weight 251 Hardness ( Κ p) 8 The final lozenge has a lozenge weight of 2 51 • 0 mg and a hardness of 8 ρ. Table 45 Lozenge Formula-Example 3 3 Ingredient Amount (%) Amount (mg / Lozenge) 1. Sustained Release excipient 92.9 166.7 2. Succinic acid 15.2 45.0 3. Oxybutyn HC1 5.1 15.0 4. Sodium stearyl fumarate 0.7 2.0 Tablet weight 296.0 Hardness (K p) 8 (Please read the back Note: Please fill in this page again.) -------- Order ------ The final tablet has a tablet weight of 2 9 6.0 mg and a hardness of 8 κ P. Then, for Example 3 2- 3 3 tablets for dissolution test. This test tube dissolves The solution results are shown in the following table 4 6. Table 4 6 77 This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 x 297 mm) A7 1227144 _B7__ V. Description of the invention () Time (hours) Example 3 2 (% dissolved) Example 3 3 (% dissolved) 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0 1.3 8.9 4.0 2.1 12.9 6.0 4.7 24.0 8.0 11.3 34.0 12.0 25.9 44.0 20.0 43.9 59.5 From the results provided in Table 4 6 it is clear that The addition of succinic acid can aid the solubility of the drug, thereby increasing the release rate. In Examples 3 4-35, the sustained release excipient was prepared according to the procedures described in Examples 2 8 and 29. Examples 3 4 and The ingredients of the sustained release excipients 3 to 5 are shown in the following Table 4 7: Table 47 Ingredient Amount (%)-Example 3 4-3 5 1. Xanthan Gum 25 2. Locust Bean Gum 25 3. Dextrose Sugar 35 4. Gold sulfate 10 5. Ethyl cellulose 5 6. Water * 20-30 * Removed during processing Next, oxybutynin tablets are prepared as follows: The required amount of sustained-release excipient is shaped Agent, succinic acid and oxybutynin 78 paper sizes are applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 2 97 mm) (Please read the unintentional matter on the back before filling out this page) -------- Order ---------- Line 1227144 .A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Dispensed into a granulator, they were dry-mixed for three minutes at low speed with a propeller with chopped blades in the closed position. Water is added at one minute intervals, and the mixture is granulated at a high speed for 3 minutes (extra water and granulation time can be used to form appropriate granules). The mixture is then dried in a fluidized bed dryer Until its L 0D ratio is below 5%, and use a paddle to mill the dried granules at 2 000 to 3000 r pm. The milled granules and sodium stearyl fumarate were placed in a V-blender and stirred for 10 minutes. Then, the blended mixture was pressed into a lozenge using a compression profile of 5/16 "round shape. The final mixture of Example 34 was made into a tablet of about 2 9 6.0 mg, and The final mixture was made into tablets of about 2 6.0 mg. The ingredients of the tablets of Examples 3 4 to 3 5 are shown in Tables 4 8 and 4 9 below.

表48 錠劑配方一實施例3 4 成分 量(% ) 量(毫克/1 1.持續釋放賦形劑 79.1 234.0 2.琥珀酸 15.2 45.0 3.奧昔布寧HC1 5.1 15.0 4.硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉 0.7 2.0 5·水* 30-45 N/A 錠劑重量 硬度(K p 296.0 在處理期間被除去 最終錠劑具有2 9 6.0毫克的錠劑重量以及8 Kp的 硬度。 79 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1227144 A7 _B7 五、發明說明() 表4 9 綻劑配方一實施例3_5 成分 量(% ) 量(毫克/錠劑) 1.持續釋放賦形劑 88.0 234.0 2.琥珀酸 5.6 15.0 3.奧昔布寧HC1 5.6 15.0 4.硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉 0.8 2.0 5.水* 30-45 N/A 錠劑重量 266.0 硬度(K p) 8 *在處理期間被除去 最終錠劑具有2 6 6.0毫克的錠劑重量以及8 K p的 硬度。 然後,對實施例3 4 - 3 5的錠劑進行溶解測試。此 試管內溶解結果係示於下列表5 0中。 表5 0Table 48 Tablet Formulation Example 1 4 Component amount (%) Amount (mg / 1 1. Sustained release excipient 79.1 234.0 2. Succinic acid 15.2 45.0 3. Oxybutyn HC1 5.1 15.0 4. Stearyl based Sodium butenedioate 0.7 2.0 5 · water * 30-45 N / A Lozenge weight hardness (K p 296.0 The final lozenge was removed during processing with a tablet weight of 2 9 6.0 mg and a hardness of 8 Kp. 79 tablets Paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1227144 A7 _B7 V. Description of the invention () Table 4 9 Formulation of the first embodiment 3_5 Ingredient amount (%) Amount (mg / tablet) 1 Sustained release excipients 88.0 234.0 2. Succinic acid 5.6 15.0 3. Oxybutyn HC1 5.6 15.0 4. Sodium stearyl fumarate 0.8 2.0 5. Water * 30-45 N / A Tablet weight 266.0 Hardness (K p) 8 * Removed during processing The final tablet has a tablet weight of 2 6 6.0 mg and a hardness of 8 K p. Then, the tablets of Examples 3 4-3 5 were tested for dissolution. This test tube The internal dissolution results are shown in the following table 50. Table 5 0

時間(小時) 眚施例3 2 溶解)實施例3 3 U溶角II 0.0 0,0 0.0 2.0 9.2 5.8 4.0 13.7 7.9 6.0 21.2 11.7 8,0 34.2 23.4 12.0 49.1 37.4 18.0 63.9 57.5 由表5 0中所提供的結果來看,很明顯的是,配方中 琥珀酸之量較高時,釋放速率也較快。 80 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 χ 297公釐)Time (hours) 眚 Example 3 2 Dissolution) Example 3 3 U Dissolution Angle II 0.0 0,0 0.0 2.0 9.2 5.8 4.0 13.7 7.9 6.0 21.2 11.7 8,0 34.2 23.4 12.0 49.1 37.4 18.0 63.9 57.5 From the results provided, it is clear that the higher the amount of succinic acid in the formulation, the faster the release rate. 80 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 x 297 mm)

tr i Itr i I

II

1227144 A7 ___B7___ 五、發明說明(’) 實施例3 以乙基纖維素(SURELEASE” /OPADRY® ( 80/20)水 件分散液塗覆錠劑之影響 製備乙基纖維素/OPADRY®塗覆物之程序係如下述: 首先,將水秤重3 4 0公克於一個適合容器中,在攪 拌時加入6 0公克的OPADRY®至水中,持續混合,當混 合OPADRY®分散液之時,將9 3 3公克的乙基纖維素分 散液(Surelease® )加入並使其攪拌3 〇至6 0分鐘。最終 的分散液係用於塗覆錠劑,以得到基於該錠劑總重量之3 至5%之重量增加。 在實施例3 6中,持續釋放賦形劑係根據實施例2 8 及2 9所述程序來製備。實施例3 6之持續釋放賦形劑的 成分係示於下表5 1中: 表5 1 J分 量(% )-實施例3 6 1.黃原膠 25 2.刺槐豆膠 25 3 ·右旋糖 35 4.硫酸鈣 10 5.乙基纖維素 5 6.水* 20-30 在處理期間被除去 接著,奧昔布寧錠劑係如下述製備: 使所需量之持續釋放賦形劑、琥珀酸以及奧昔布寧分 81 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公楚) A7 1227144 _B7__ 五、發明說明() 配至一製粒器中,他們係以具有於關閉位置的切碎槳葉之 推動器於低速經乾式混合三分鐘。將水於一分鐘間隔內加 入,接著,於高速下3分鐘使該混合物製成顆粒(額外的 水以及製粒時間可用於形成適當的顆粒),然後將該混合 物乾燥於一流體化床乾燥器中,直到其L 0D値係低於5 %爲止,並使用槳葉以2 000至3000r pm碾磨該 乾燥的顆粒狀物。將經碾磨的顆粒狀物以及硬脂基反丁烯 二酸鈉置於一個V型攪拌器中並攪拌1 0分鐘。然後,使 用5 / 1 6 ”圓性狀的壓型將該摻合的混合物加壓製成錠劑 。實施例3 6的最終混合物係製成錠劑約2 9 6.0毫克。 實施例3 6的錠劑之成分係示於下表5 2中: 表5 2 錠劑配方一實施例3 6 成分 量(% ) 量(毫克/錠劑) 1.持續釋放賦形劑 79.1 234.0 2.琥珀酸 15.2 45.0 3.奧昔布寧HC1 5.1 15.0 4.硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉 0.7 2.0 5·水1 30-45 N/A 錠劑重量 296.0 硬度(K p) 8 ---1--11 ^ ----I----I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1 在處理期間被除去 最終錠劑具有2 9 6.0毫克的錠劑重量以及8 Kp的 硬度。 1 82 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1227144 A7 B7 五、發明說明( 然後,對實施例3 6的錠劑進行溶解測試。此試管內 溶解結果係示於下列表5 3中。 表5 3 時間(小時) 0.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 12.0 20.0 實施例1 0.0 26.8 32.1 35.8 40.1 54.2 72.2 實施例2 0.0 7.1 10.3 14.9 20.2 27.4 53.2 實施例3 0.0 1.7 2.8 5.5 9.0 15.1 32.7 由表5 3中所提供的結果來看,很明顯的是,當塗 物的量(以重量計)增加時,釋放速率會降低。 實施例3 7 反Γ烯二酸之影響 在貫施例3 7中,持續釋放賦形劑係根據實施例2 8 及2 9所述程序來製備。實施例3 7之持續釋放賦形劑的 成分係示於下表5 4中: 表5 4 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝--------訂----------線k 83 1227144 A7 B7 五、發明說明( 成分 1. 黃原膠 · 2, 刺槐豆膠 3·右旋糖 4. 硫酸鈣 5. 乙基纖維素 6. 水* *在處理期間被除去 量(% ) ·實施例3 7 25 25 35 10 5 20-30 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) FI裝 錠劑配方一實施例3 7 成分 1. 持續釋放賦形劑 2. 奧昔布寧HC1 3. 反丁烯二酸 4 . Pruv^ (毫克/錠劑) 166.7 15 30 2 訂----------. 總重(核心) 213.7 最終錠劑具有2 1 3.7毫克的錠劑重量。 然後,對實施例3 7的錠劑進行溶解測試,與 Ditropan XL相比較。此試管內溶解結果係示於下列表5 5 中。 表5 5 84 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297公釐) 1227144 B7 五、發明說明() %溶解/釋放 時間(小時) DitropanXL 149-141 0 0.0 0.0 1 1.9 5.9 2 3.5 8.5 4 13.4 15.7 8 36.1 43.50 12 60.7 72.1 18 85.0 86.9 回復 98.4 98.0 其他奧昔布寧配方 ,其中該P Η調整劑包含反丁烯二 酸者,係示於表5 6中 表5 6 成分 毫克/錠劑(範圍)或% (如註明時) 1.持續釋放賦形劑 170-234 毫克 2.反丁烯二酸 15-60毫克 3.奧昔布寧HC1 5, 10, 15 毫克 4.二氧化矽 0-2% 5.硬脂基反丁烯二酸鈉 1-2% 上述提供的實施例係不欲爲絕對的。對於那些熟習此 項技術者而言,本發明之許多其他的變化係爲明顯的,且 包含於所附申請專利範圍之範疇內 〇 85 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 χ 297公爱)1227144 A7 ___B7___ 5. Description of the Invention (') Example 3 Preparation of Ethyl Cellulose / OPADRY® Coatings by Using Ethyl Cellulose (SURELEASE ”/ OPADRY® (80/20) Water Piece Dispersion Coating Tablets The procedure is as follows: First, weigh 40 grams of water in a suitable container, add 60 grams of OPADRY® to the water while stirring, and continue mixing. When mixing the OPADRY® dispersion, add 9 3 3 grams of ethylcellulose dispersion (Surelease®) is added and allowed to stir for 30 to 60 minutes. The final dispersion is used to coat the tablets to obtain 3 to 5% based on the total weight of the tablets The weight increase. In Examples 36, the sustained release excipients were prepared according to the procedures described in Examples 2 8 and 29. The ingredients of the sustained release excipients of Example 36 are shown in Table 5 1 below. Middle: Table 5 1 J component (%)-Example 3 6 1. Xanthan Gum 25 2. Locust Bean Gum 25 3 · Dextrose 35 4. Calcium Sulfate 10 5. Ethyl Cellulose 5 6. Water * 20 -30 is removed during processing. Next, oxybutynin tablets are prepared as follows: The required amount of sustained release excipient, Acid and Oxybutynin 81 This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 Gongchu) A7 1227144 _B7__ 5. Description of the invention () When equipped in a granulator, they are used to close The propellers of the shredded blades are dry-mixed at low speed for three minutes. Water is added at one minute intervals, and the mixture is granulated at high speed for three minutes (extra water and granulation time can be used to form (Appropriate granules), and then the mixture is dried in a fluidized bed dryer until its LOD ratio is below 5%, and the dried granules are milled using paddles at 2 000 to 3000 r pm. The milled granules and sodium stearyl fumarate were placed in a V-blender and stirred for 10 minutes. Then, the blended shape was compressed using a 5/16 "round shape. The mixture was pressed to make a tablet. The final mixture of Example 36 was made into a tablet of about 2 9 6.0 mg. The composition of the tablet of Example 36 was shown in Table 5 2 below: Table 5 2 Formulation of tablets Example 3 6 Ingredient Amount (%) Amount (mg / tablet) 1. Continued release excipient 79.1 234.0 2. Succinic acid 15.2 45.0 3. Oxybutyn HC1 5.1 15.0 4. Sodium stearyl fumarate 0.7 2.0 5. Water 1 30-45 N / A Tablet weight 296.0 Hardness (K p) 8 --- 1--11 ^ ---- I ---- I (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 1 During the processing, the final tablet has 2 9 6.0 mg The weight of the tablets and the hardness of 8 Kp. 1 82 This paper size is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1227144 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (Then, the dissolution test was performed on the tablets of Example 36. The dissolution results in this test tube are shown In the following table 53. Table 5 3 Time (hours) 0.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 12.0 20.0 Example 1 0.0 26.8 32.1 35.8 40.1 54.2 72.2 Example 2 0.0 7.1 10.3 14.9 20.2 27.4 53.2 Example 3 0.0 1.7 2.8 5.5 9.0 15.1 32.7 From the results provided in Table 53, it is clear that the release rate decreases as the amount of coating (by weight) increases. In Example 3, the sustained release excipient was prepared according to the procedures described in Examples 2 8 and 29. The components of the sustained release excipient of Example 37 are shown in Table 5 4 below: Table 5 4 ( Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page.) -------- Order ---------- Line k 83 1227144 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (Ingredient 1. Xanthan gum · 2, locust bean gum 3. dextrose 4. calcium sulfate 5. ethyl cellulose 6. water * * amount removed during processing (%) · Example 3 7 25 25 35 10 5 20-30 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) FI Tablet Formulation Example 1 7 Ingredients 1. Sustained-release excipient 2. Oxybutyn HC1 3. Fumaric acid 4. Pruv ^ (mg / tablet) 166.7 15 30 2 Order ----------. Total weight (core) 213.7 The final tablet has 2 1 3.7 mg of tablets Weight. Then, dissolution test was performed on the tablets of Example 3 7 and compared with Ditropan XL. The dissolution results in this test tube are shown in Table 5 5 below. Table 5 5 84 This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 x 297 mm) 1227144 B7 V. Description of the invention ()% Dissolution / release time (hours) DitropanXL 149-141 0 0.0 0.0 1 1.9 5.9 2 3.5 8.5 4 13.4 15.7 8 36.1 43.50 12 60.7 72.1 18 85.0 86.9 Reply 98.4 98.0 Other oxybutynin formulations, in which the P Η adjuster contains fumaric acid, is shown in Table 5 6 Table 5 6 Ingredient mg / tablet (range) or% (if specified) 1 Sustained release excipients 170-234 mg 2. fumaric acid 15-60 mg 3. oxybutynin HC1 5, 10 , 15 mg 4. Silicon dioxide 0-2% 5. Sodium stearyl fumarate 1-2% The examples provided above are not intended to be absolute. For those skilled in the art, many other variations of the present invention are obvious and are included in the scope of the attached patent application. 85 This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 χ 297 public love)

Claims (1)

1227144 S cs D8 六、申請專利範圍 1·一種用於可溶性至高度可溶性治療活性藥物之生 物可利用性持續釋放的口服固體劑型(dosage form)的製 備方法,其包括: a) 製備一種持續釋放之顆粒,其包含膠凝劑,該膠 凝劑包含一雜多醣膠與一在暴露於環境液體時可與該雜多 醣膠交聯之均多醣膠; b) 於該持續釋放之顆粒中,加入治療上有效量之藥 物,該藥物具有超過約10公克/公升的溶解度,以及含有 有機酸之pH調整劑,其係加速該藥物由劑型中釋放出來 ;以及 c) 將步驟b)之混合物製成粒狀並壓縮成固體劑型, 該劑型提供在口服施用至人類患者後該藥物之持續釋放。 2·根據申請專利範圍第1項之方法’其中該持續釋放 之顆粒進一步包含高至約20重量%之可解離的(ionizable )凝膠強度增強劑。 3·根據申請專利範圍第1項之方法’其中該持續釋放 之顆粒進一步包含約1重量%至約89重量%之惰性稀釋劑 〇 4 ·根據申請專利範圍第1項之方法,其中該持續釋放 之顆粒進一步包含界面活性劑。 5 ·根據申請專利範圍第1項之方法,其中該持續釋放 之顆粒進一步包含約1重量%至約20重量%之疏水性物質 〇 6 ·根據申請專利範圍第1項之方法,其中該持續釋放 1 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297么釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事^:塡寫本頁) 裝 1227144 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 •之顆粒是以乾式製粒法製備。 7 ·根據申請專利範圍第1項之方法,其中該持續釋放 之顆粒是以濕式製粒法製備。 8 ·根據申請專利範圍第1項之方法,其中該雜多醣膠 爲黃原膠,且該均多醣膠爲刺槐豆膠。 9 ·根據申請專利範圍第1項之方法,其中該有機酸係 選自檸檬酸、琥珀酸、反丁烯二酸、.蘋果酸、馬來酸·、戊 二酸、乳酸及其等組合所組成之族群中。 10 ·根據申請專利範圍第1項之方法,其中該有機酸 爲反丁烯二酸。 11 ·根據申請專利範圍第1.項之方法,其中該藥物爲 苯並噻嗪。 12 ·根據申請專利範圍第11項之方法,其中該苯並 噻嗪爲硫氮簞酮(diltiazem)或其醫藥上有效的鹽類。 13 ·根據申請專利範圍第1項之方法,其係在口服施 用至人類患者後提供該藥物的持續釋放至少約12小時。 14 ·根據申請專利範圍第13項之方法,其中該硫氮 罩酮係以約60毫克至約120毫克之量存在。 15 ·根據申請專利範圍第1項之方法,其係在口服施 用至人類患者後提供該藥物的持續釋放至少約24小時。 16 ·根據申請專利範圍第15項之方法,其中該硫氮 罩酮係以約120毫克至約300毫克之量存在。 Π ·根據申請專利範圍第1項之方法,其中該藥物爲 一種解痙劑。 2 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事填寫本頁) 裝 1227144 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 18 ·根據申請專利範圍第17項之方法,其中該解瘦 藥物爲奧昔布寧(oxybutynin)或其醫藥上可接受的鹽瑪 〇 19 ·根據申請專利範圍第1項之方法,其中該解痙劑 爲奧昔布寧鹽酸鹽(oxybutynin chloride) 〇 2〇 ·根據申請專利範圍第19項之方法,其中該奧音 布寧係以約2.5毫克至約25毫克之量存在。 21 ·根據申請專利範圍第20項之方法,其中該奧驾1 布寧係以約5毫克至約50毫克之量存在。 22 ·根據申請專利範圍第3項之方法,其中該惰性稀 釋劑係選自單醣、雙醣、多元醇及其等的混合物所組成之 族群中。 23 ·根據申請專利範圍第3項之方法,其中該惰性稀 釋劑相對於該膠凝劑之比例爲約1 : 3至約3 : 1。 24 ·根據申請專利範圍第23項之方法,其中該藥物 相對於該膠凝劑之比例爲約1 : 5至約5 : 1。 25 ·根據申請專利範圍第2之方法,其中該可解離的 凝膠強度增強劑係選自鹼金屬,鹼土金屬的硫酸鹽,氯化 物,硼酸鹽,溴化物,檸檬酸鹽,醋酸鹽及乳酸鹽所成之 組群中。· 26 ·根據申請專利範圍第2項之方法,其中該可解離 的凝膠強度增強劑包括硫酸鈣。 27 ·根據申請專利範圍第4項之方法,其中該界面活 性劑係選自月桂基硫酸鈉以及一種醫藥上有效的多庫酯鈉 3 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1227144 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 (docusate sodium)所組成的族群中。 28 ·根據申請專利範圍第5項之方法,其中該疏水性 物質爲乙基纖維素。 29 ·根據申請專利範圍第12項之方法,其中該劑型 係在口服施用該劑型後約4至約10小時內提供硫氮箪酮之 一個最初的高峰濃度(C max # 1 ),接著爲發生在口服施 用該劑型後約10至約16小時內之第二高峰濃度(Cmax #2),該劑型係提供在口服施用至人類患者後至少約24 小時之治療效果。 30 ·根據申請專利範圍第29項之方法,其中達到硫 氮簞酮的第一高峰血漿濃度之該時間(T max# 1)係在口 服施用該劑型至該患者後約6至約8小時內發生。 31 ·根據申請專利範圍第29項之方法,其中每施用 24〇毫克劑量的硫氮罩酮,在第一 Tmax時之硫氮箪酮的 最大血漿濃度(Cmax# 1)爲約50至約100毫微克/毫 升。 32 ·根據申請專利範圍第29項之方法,其中該第二 高峰血漿濃度(Cmax#2)係在口服施用該劑型至該患者 後約12至約14小時內發生(Tmax#2)。 33 ·根據申請專利範圍第32項之方法,其中每240 鼋克的硫氮簞酮,在Cmax# 2時之硫氮簞酮的最大血發濃 度爲約60至約90毫微克/毫升。 34 ·根據申請專利範圍第29項之方法,其中基於在 Cmax# 1與Cmax# 2之間所取作爲C min的低谷値,在 4 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事^^塡寫本頁) 装 線 0^88^ ABCD 1227144 六、申請專利範圍 .Cmax# 1的50%高度時血漿濃度曲線的寬度爲由約0.5至 約4.0小時。 35 ·根據申請專利範圍第29項之方法,其中基於在 Cmax# 1與Cmax#2之間所取作爲Cmin的低谷値,在 Cmax#l的50%高度時血漿濃度曲線的寬度爲由約1至 約3小時。 36 ·根據申請專利範圍第29項之方法,其中基於在 C max# 1與Cmax# 2之間所取作爲C min的低谷値,在 C max# 2的50%高度時血漿濃度曲線的寬度爲由約0.5至 約8小時。 37 ·根據申請專利範圍第29項之方法,其中基於在 C max# 1與Cmax# 2之間所取作爲C min的低谷値,在 Cmax#2的50%高度時血漿濃度曲線的寬度爲由約2至 約6小時。 38 ·根據申請專利範圍第29項之方法,其中Cmax# 1對Cmax# 2之比例爲約0.5 : 1至約1.5 : 1。 39 ·根據申請專利範圍第38項之方法,其中Cmax# 1對C max# 2之比例爲約0.7 : 1至約1.2 : 1。 40 · —種持續釋放的口服固體劑型,其包含下列之混 合物: 一種治療上有效量之藥物,該藥物具有超過約10公克 /公升的溶解度; 一種約1至約50%之p Η調整劑,其包含有機酸;及 一種持續釋放之顆粒,該持續釋放之顆粒包含一種膠 5 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公藿) (請先閲讀背面之注意事塡寫本頁) 裝 1227144 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 •凝劑,該膠凝劑包含一雜多醣膠與一在暴露於環境液體時 可與該雜多醣膠交聯之均多醣膠;其中該藥物相對於膠凝 劑之比例爲從約10 : 1至約1 : 10 ;該劑型係提供在口服 施用於人類患者後該藥物之持續釋放,該pH調整劑係加 速該藥物由劑型中釋放出來。 41 ·根據申請專利範圍第40項之劑型,其中該膠凝 劑進一步包含可解離的凝膠強度增強劑。 42 ·根據申請專利範圍第40或41項中任一項之劑型 ,其中該劑型係提供在口服施用後,該藥物之持續釋放至 少約12小時。 43 ·根據申請專利範圍第4Q或41項中任一項之劑型 ,其中該劑型係提供在口服施用後,該藥物之持續釋放至 少約24小時。 44 ·根據申請專利範圍第41項之劑型,其中該可解 離的凝膠強度增強劑係選自鹼金屬,鹼土金屬的硫酸鹽, 氯化物,硼酸鹽,溴化物,檸檬酸鹽,醋酸鹽及乳酸鹽所 組成之族群中。 45 ·根據申請專利範圍第44項之劑型,其中該可解 離的凝膠強度增強劑係包含硫酸鈣。 46 ·根據申請專利範圍第40或41項中任一項之劑型 ,其中該雜多醣膠爲黃原膠且該均多醣膠爲刺槐豆膠。 47 ·根據申請專利範圍第40或41項中任一項之劑型 ,其中該有機酸係選自檸檬酸、琥珀酸、反丁烯二酸、蘋 果酸、馬來酸、戊二酸、乳酸及其等組合所組成之族群中 6 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1227144 A8 BS C8 D8 申1貧專利範圍 48 ·根據申請專利範圍第40或41項中任一項之劑型 其中該固體劑型係呈顆粒形式。 49 ·根據申請專利範圍第40或41項中任一項之劑型 其中該藥物爲硫氮簞酮或其醫藥上有效的鹽類。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事填寫本頁) 裝1227144 S cs D8 6. Scope of patent application 1. A preparation method of oral solid form for sustained release of bioavailability of soluble to highly soluble therapeutically active drugs, comprising: a) preparing a sustained release Granules comprising a gelling agent, the gelling agent comprising a heteropolysaccharide gum and a homopolysaccharide gum that can be cross-linked with the heteropolysaccharide gum when exposed to environmental liquids; b) adding sustained treatment to the sustained-release granules An effective amount of a drug having a solubility of more than about 10 grams per liter, and a pH adjuster containing an organic acid, which accelerates the release of the drug from the dosage form; and c) granulates the mixture of step b) It is compressed and compressed into a solid dosage form which provides sustained release of the drug after oral administration to a human patient. 2. The method according to item 1 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the sustained-release particles further comprise up to about 20% by weight of an ionizable gel strength enhancer. 3. The method according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the sustained-release particles further comprise about 1% to about 89% by weight of an inert diluent. 4 The method according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the continuous release The particles further comprise a surfactant. 5. The method according to item 1 of the patent application range, wherein the sustained-release particles further comprise about 1% to about 20% by weight of a hydrophobic substance. 06. The method according to item 1 of the patent application range, wherein the continuous release 1 This paper size is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mol) (Please read the note on the back ^: transcribe this page) Packing 1227144 B8 C8 D8 6. The scope of patent application • The particles are based on Prepared by dry granulation. 7. The method according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the sustained-release granules are prepared by a wet granulation method. 8. The method according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the heteropolysaccharide gum is xanthan gum, and the homopolysaccharide gum is locust bean gum. 9. The method according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the organic acid is selected from the group consisting of citric acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, malic acid, maleic acid, glutaric acid, lactic acid, and combinations thereof In the group of people. 10. The method according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the organic acid is fumaric acid. 11. The method according to item 1. of the scope of patent application, wherein the drug is benzothiazine. 12. The method according to item 11 of the scope of patent application, wherein the benzothiazine is diltiazem or a pharmaceutically effective salt thereof. 13. The method according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, which provides continuous release of the drug for at least about 12 hours after oral administration to a human patient. 14. The method according to item 13 of the scope of patent application, wherein the sulfur nitrogen ketone is present in an amount of about 60 mg to about 120 mg. 15. The method according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, which provides continuous release of the drug for at least about 24 hours after oral administration to a human patient. 16. The method according to item 15 of the scope of patent application, wherein the thio nitrogen masking ketone is present in an amount of about 120 mg to about 300 mg. Π The method according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the drug is an antispasmodic agent. 2 This paper size is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page first) Packing 1227144 B8 C8 D8 VI. Patent Application Scope 18 · According to Patent Application Scope 17 The method according to item 1, wherein the anti-leaning drug is oxybutynin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The method according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the antispasmodic agent is oxybutynin salt. Oxybutynin chloride 〇2〇. The method according to item 19 of the application, wherein the oxybutynin is present in an amount of about 2.5 mg to about 25 mg. 21-The method according to item 20 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the Olympus 1 Bunin is present in an amount of about 5 mg to about 50 mg. 22. The method according to item 3 of the scope of patent application, wherein the inert diluent is selected from the group consisting of monosaccharides, disaccharides, polyols, and mixtures thereof. 23. The method according to item 3 of the scope of patent application, wherein the ratio of the inert diluent to the gelling agent is about 1: 3 to about 3: 1. 24. The method according to item 23 of the scope of patent application, wherein the ratio of the drug to the gelling agent is about 1: 5 to about 5: 1. 25. The method according to claim 2, wherein the dissociable gel strength enhancer is selected from the group consisting of alkali metal, alkaline earth metal sulfate, chloride, borate, bromide, citrate, acetate and lactic acid In the group of salt. -26-The method according to item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein the dissociable gel strength enhancer includes calcium sulfate. 27. The method according to item 4 of the scope of patent application, wherein the surfactant is selected from the group consisting of sodium lauryl sulfate and a pharmaceutically effective sodium docusate 3 297 mm) 1227144 B8 C8 D8 6. In the group consisting of docusate sodium. 28. The method according to item 5 of the application, wherein the hydrophobic substance is ethyl cellulose. 29. The method according to item 12 of the scope of patent application, wherein the dosage form provides an initial peak concentration of thiazepine (C max # 1) within about 4 to about 10 hours after oral administration of the dosage form, followed by the occurrence of The second peak concentration (Cmax # 2) within about 10 to about 16 hours after oral administration of the dosage form provides a therapeutic effect for at least about 24 hours after oral administration to a human patient. 30. The method according to item 29 of the scope of patent application, wherein the time to reach the first peak plasma concentration of azathione (T max # 1) is within about 6 to about 8 hours after the dosage form is orally administered to the patient occur. 31. The method according to item 29 of the scope of patent application, wherein the maximum plasma concentration (Cmax # 1) of azathione at the first Tmax is about 50 to about 100 per 24 mg dose of thiazemone Ng / ml. 32. The method according to item 29 of the application, wherein the second peak plasma concentration (Cmax # 2) occurs within about 12 to about 14 hours after the dosage form is orally administered to the patient (Tmax # 2). 33. A method according to item 32 of the scope of patent application, wherein the maximum blood concentration of azathione at Cmax # 2 is about 60 to about 90 nanograms per milliliter per 240 grams of azathione. 34 · The method according to item 29 of the scope of patent application, wherein based on the trough taken as C min between Cmax # 1 and Cmax # 2, the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the note on the back ^^ 塡 write this page) Loading line 0 ^ 88 ^ ABCD 1227144 VI. Application for patent scope. The width of the plasma concentration curve at 50% height of Cmax # 1 is from about 0.5 To about 4.0 hours. 35. The method according to item 29 of the scope of patent application, wherein the width of the plasma concentration curve at 50% height of Cmax # l is based on the low trough value taken as Cmin between Cmax # 1 and Cmax # 2. To about 3 hours. 36. The method according to item 29 of the scope of patent application, wherein the width of the plasma concentration curve at 50% height of C max # 2 is based on the low trough value taken as C min between C max # 1 and Cmax # 2 From about 0.5 to about 8 hours. 37. The method according to item 29 of the scope of patent application, wherein the width of the plasma concentration curve at 50% height of Cmax # 2 is based on the low trough value taken as C min between C max # 1 and Cmax # 2 About 2 to about 6 hours. 38. The method according to item 29 of the application, wherein the ratio of Cmax # 1 to Cmax # 2 is from about 0.5: 1 to about 1.5: 1. 39. The method according to item 38 of the scope of patent application, wherein the ratio of Cmax # 1 to C max # 2 is about 0.7: 1 to about 1.2: 1. 40. A sustained-release oral solid dosage form comprising a mixture of: a therapeutically effective amount of a drug having a solubility of more than about 10 g / litre; a pΗ regulator of about 1 to about 50%, It contains organic acids; and a kind of sustained-release particles containing a kind of glue. The paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 cm) (Please read the notes on the back first.) (This page) Pack 1227144 B8 C8 D8 6. Scope of patent application • gelling agent, the gelling agent contains a heteropolysaccharide gum and a homopolysaccharide gum that can be cross-linked with the heteropolysaccharide gum when exposed to environmental liquids; of which the drug The ratio to the gelling agent is from about 10: 1 to about 1:10; the dosage form provides continuous release of the drug after oral administration to a human patient, and the pH adjusting agent accelerates the release of the drug from the dosage form. 41. The dosage form according to item 40 of the application, wherein the gelling agent further comprises a dissociable gel strength enhancer. 42. The dosage form according to any one of claims 40 or 41 in the scope of the patent application, wherein the dosage form provides continuous release of the drug for at least about 12 hours after oral administration. 43. The dosage form according to any one of claims 4Q or 41 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the dosage form provides continuous release of the drug for at least about 24 hours after oral administration. 44. The dosage form according to item 41 of the application, wherein the dissociable gel strength enhancer is selected from the group consisting of alkali metal, alkaline earth metal sulfate, chloride, borate, bromide, citrate, acetate and In the group of lactate. 45. The dosage form according to item 44 of the application, wherein the dissociable gel strength enhancer comprises calcium sulfate. 46. The dosage form according to any one of claims 40 or 41 in the scope of the patent application, wherein the heteropolysaccharide gum is xanthan gum and the homopolysaccharide gum is locust bean gum. 47. The dosage form according to any one of claims 40 or 41 in the scope of the patent application, wherein the organic acid is selected from the group consisting of citric acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, malic acid, maleic acid, glutaric acid, lactic acid, and Among the groups composed of these combinations, 6 paper sizes are applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1227144 A8 BS C8 D8 Application for a poor patent scope 48 · According to No. 40 or 41 of the scope of patent application The dosage form of any one of the above, wherein the solid dosage form is in the form of granules. 49. A dosage form according to any one of claims 40 or 41 in the scope of the patent application, wherein the drug is azathione or a pharmaceutically effective salt thereof. (Please read the notes on the back to complete this page) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm)
TW89121648A 2000-09-29 2000-10-17 Sustained release matrix systems for highly soluble drugs TWI227144B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US67637600A 2000-09-29 2000-09-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TWI227144B true TWI227144B (en) 2005-02-01

Family

ID=35696264

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW89121648A TWI227144B (en) 2000-09-29 2000-10-17 Sustained release matrix systems for highly soluble drugs

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TWI227144B (en)

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8679535B2 (en) Sustained release matrix systems for highly soluble drugs
US5478574A (en) Agglomerated hydrophilic complexes with multi-phasic release characteristics
JP5232062B2 (en) Chronotherapeutic dosage form
RU2138253C1 (en) Drug of sustained-release active substance
WO2008134557A2 (en) Solid dosage forms
JP2011084577A (en) Extended release tablet formulation containing pramipexole or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, method for manufacturing the same and use thereof
IL123505A (en) Sustained release matrix for high-dose insoluble drugs
AU2003249492A1 (en) Oral compositions for treatment of diseases
WO2006022996A2 (en) Dosage form containing multiple drugs
EP1427396B1 (en) Dosage forms having prolonged active ingredient release
JP2007519608A (en) Time treatment dosage form
WO2016062182A1 (en) Pregabalin sustained-release preparation
CN1538837A (en) Swallow tablet comprising paracetamol
MXPA06006677A (en) Sustained release torsemide dosage forms.
CN100525760C (en) Duloxetine hydrochloride sustained release medicine
TWI227144B (en) Sustained release matrix systems for highly soluble drugs
AU2003246326B2 (en) Sustained Release Matrix Systems for Highly Soluble Drugs
JP2017214352A (en) High load and controlled release magnesium oral dosage form, and method for producing and using the same
AU2006233161A1 (en) Sustained Release Matrix Systems for Highly Soluble Drugs

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees